fix up gfarris's mistaken commit to gnome-common (revert to yesterday's versions)

svn path=/trunk/; revision=2170

69 files changed, 12757 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/intl/ChangeLog b/intl/ChangeLog
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..df904de3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/ChangeLog
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+2001-05-23  GNU  <bug-gnu-utils@gnu.org>
+
+	* Version 0.10.38 released.
+
diff --git a/intl/Makefile.in b/intl/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..889ba239
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,312 @@
+# Makefile for directory with message catalog handling in GNU NLS Utilities.
+# Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+top_builddir = ..
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+
+prefix = @prefix@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+transform = @program_transform_name@
+libdir = @libdir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+datadir = @datadir@
+localedir = $(datadir)/locale
+gettextsrcdir = $(datadir)/gettext/intl
+aliaspath = $(localedir)
+subdir = intl
+
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
+mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) `case "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" in /*) echo "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" ;; *) echo "$(top_builddir)/$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" ;; esac`
+
+l = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@
+
+AR = ar
+CC = @CC@
+LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+YACC = @INTLBISON@ -y -d
+YFLAGS = --name-prefix=__gettext
+
+DEFS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" -DLOCALE_ALIAS_PATH=\"$(aliaspath)\" \
+-DLIBDIR=\"$(libdir)\" @DEFS@
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
+
+COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS)
+
+HEADERS = $(COMHDRS) libgnuintl.h libgettext.h loadinfo.h
+COMHDRS = gettext.h gettextP.h hash-string.h
+SOURCES = $(COMSRCS) intl-compat.c
+COMSRCS = bindtextdom.c dcgettext.c dgettext.c gettext.c \
+finddomain.c loadmsgcat.c localealias.c textdomain.c l10nflist.c \
+explodename.c dcigettext.c dcngettext.c dngettext.c ngettext.c plural.y \
+localcharset.c
+OBJECTS = @INTLOBJS@ bindtextdom.$lo dcgettext.$lo dgettext.$lo gettext.$lo \
+finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo localealias.$lo textdomain.$lo l10nflist.$lo \
+explodename.$lo dcigettext.$lo dcngettext.$lo dngettext.$lo ngettext.$lo \
+plural.$lo localcharset.$lo
+GETTOBJS = intl-compat.$lo
+DISTFILES.common = Makefile.in \
+config.charset locale.alias ref-add.sin ref-del.sin $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+DISTFILES.generated = plural.c
+DISTFILES.normal = VERSION
+DISTFILES.gettext = libintl.glibc
+DISTFILES.obsolete = xopen-msg.sed linux-msg.sed po2tbl.sed.in cat-compat.c
+
+# Libtool's library version information for libintl.
+# Before making a gettext release, the gettext maintainer must change this
+# according to the libtool documentation, section "Library interface versions".
+# Maintainers of other packages that include the intl directory must *not*
+# change these values.
+LTV_CURRENT=1
+LTV_REVISION=1
+LTV_AGE=0
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+.SUFFIXES: .c .y .o .lo .sin .sed
+.c.o:
+	$(COMPILE) $<
+.c.lo:
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $<
+
+.y.c:
+	$(YACC) $(YFLAGS) --output $@ $<
+	rm -f $*.h
+
+.sin.sed:
+	sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/@''PACKAGE''@/@PACKAGE@/g' $< > t-$@
+	mv t-$@ $@
+
+INCLUDES = -I.. -I. -I$(top_srcdir)/intl
+
+all: all-@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
+all-yes: libintl.$la libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed
+all-no: all-no-@BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
+all-no-yes: libgnuintl.$la
+all-no-no:
+
+libintl.a libgnuintl.a: $(OBJECTS)
+	rm -f $@
+	$(AR) cru $@ $(OBJECTS)
+	$(RANLIB) $@
+
+libintl.la libgnuintl.la: $(OBJECTS)
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=link \
+	  $(CC) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ \
+	  $(OBJECTS) @LIBICONV@ \
+	  -version-info $(LTV_CURRENT):$(LTV_REVISION):$(LTV_AGE) \
+	  -rpath $(libdir) \
+	  -no-undefined
+
+libintl.h: libgnuintl.h
+	cp $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h libintl.h
+
+charset.alias: config.charset
+	$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/config.charset '@host@' > t-$@
+	mv t-$@ $@
+
+check: all
+
+# This installation goal is only used in GNU gettext.  Packages which
+# only use the library should use install instead.
+
+# We must not install the libintl.h/libintl.a files if we are on a
+# system which has the GNU gettext() function in its C library or in a
+# separate library.
+# If you want to use the one which comes with this version of the
+# package, you have to use `configure --with-included-gettext'.
+install: install-exec install-data
+install-exec: all
+	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext" \
+	   && test '@INTLOBJS@' = '$(GETTOBJS)'; then \
+	  $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir); \
+	  $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.h $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \
+	  $(LIBTOOL) --mode=install \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.$la $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+	if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
+	  $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \
+	  temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \
+	  dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \
+	  if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \
+	    orig=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \
+	    sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
+	    rm -f $$temp; \
+	  else \
+	    if test @GLIBC21@ = no; then \
+	      orig=charset.alias; \
+	      sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
+	      $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
+	      rm -f $$temp; \
+	    fi; \
+	  fi; \
+	  $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(localedir); \
+	  test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \
+	    && orig=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \
+	    || orig=$(srcdir)/locale.alias; \
+	  temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \
+	  dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \
+	  sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
+	  $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
+	  rm -f $$temp; \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+install-data: all
+	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \
+	  $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
+	  $(INSTALL_DATA) VERSION $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/VERSION; \
+	  $(INSTALL_DATA) ChangeLog.inst $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/ChangeLog; \
+	  dists="$(DISTFILES.common)"; \
+	  for file in $$dists; do \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$file \
+			    $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+	  done; \
+	  chmod a+x $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/config.charset; \
+	  dists="$(DISTFILES.generated)"; \
+	  for file in $$dists; do \
+	    if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $$dir/$$file \
+			    $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+	  done; \
+	  dists="$(DISTFILES.obsolete)"; \
+	  for file in $$dists; do \
+	    rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+	  done; \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+
+# Define this as empty until I found a useful application.
+installcheck:
+
+uninstall:
+	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext" \
+	   && test '@INTLOBJS@' = '$(GETTOBJS)'; then \
+	  rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \
+	  $(LIBTOOL) --mode=uninstall \
+	    rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+	if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
+	  if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \
+	    temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \
+	    dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \
+	    sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \
+	    if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \
+	      rm -f $$dest; \
+	    else \
+	      $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
+	    fi; \
+	    rm -f $$temp; \
+	  fi; \
+	  if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; then \
+	    temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \
+	    dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \
+	    sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \
+	    if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \
+	      rm -f $$dest; \
+	    else \
+	      $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
+	    fi; \
+	    rm -f $$temp; \
+	  fi; \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \
+	  for file in VERSION ChangeLog $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated); do \
+	    rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+	  done; \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+
+info dvi:
+
+$(OBJECTS): ../config.h libgnuintl.h
+bindtextdom.$lo finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo: gettextP.h gettext.h loadinfo.h
+dcgettext.$lo: gettextP.h gettext.h hash-string.h loadinfo.h
+
+tags: TAGS
+
+TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+	here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && etags -o $$here/TAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+
+id: ID
+
+ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+	here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && mkid -f$$here/ID $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+
+
+mostlyclean:
+	rm -f *.a *.la *.o *.lo core core.*
+	rm -f libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed
+	rm -f -r .libs _libs
+
+clean: mostlyclean
+
+distclean: clean
+	rm -f Makefile ID TAGS
+	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = gettext; then \
+	  rm -f ChangeLog.inst $(DISTFILES.normal); \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+
+maintainer-clean: distclean
+	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
+	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+
+
+# GNU gettext needs not contain the file `VERSION' but contains some
+# other files which should not be distributed in other packages.
+distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
+dist distdir: Makefile
+	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = gettext; then \
+	  additional="$(DISTFILES.gettext)"; \
+	else \
+	  additional="$(DISTFILES.normal)"; \
+	fi; \
+	$(MAKE) $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; \
+	for file in ChangeLog $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; do \
+	  if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \
+	  ln $$dir/$$file $(distdir) 2> /dev/null \
+	    || cp -p $$dir/$$file $(distdir); \
+	done
+
+Makefile: Makefile.in ../config.status
+	cd .. \
+	  && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:
diff --git a/intl/README.cvs-commits b/intl/README.cvs-commits
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..88e3d581
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/README.cvs-commits
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+This directory is *shared* between a lot of modules in GNOME CVS -
+which means that every change you're doing here immediately affects
+a very large number of modules.
+
+Please, do *ALWAYS ASK FIRST* on gnome-hackers@gnome.org before you
+commit anything to this directory. If unsure, feel free to send me
+a patch <martin@gnome.org> and I'll commit it for you it it's ok.
+
+Thanks for your understanding,
+
+August 1st, 2001
+Martin Baulig <martin@gnome.org>
+
diff --git a/intl/VERSION b/intl/VERSION
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..268da64a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/VERSION
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+GNU gettext library from gettext-0.10.38
diff --git a/intl/bindtextdom.c b/intl/bindtextdom.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7e5a74a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/bindtextdom.c
@@ -0,0 +1,368 @@
+/* Implementation of the bindtextdomain(3) function
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* We have to handle multi-threaded applications.  */
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+#else
+/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc.  */
+# define __libc_rwlock_define(CLASS, NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_wrlock(NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME)
+#endif
+
+/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
+   names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
+   using libintl.a cannot be linked statically.  */
+#if !defined _LIBC
+# define _nl_default_dirname _nl_default_dirname__
+# define _nl_domain_bindings _nl_domain_bindings__
+#endif
+
+/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in <stddef.h>.  */
+#ifndef offsetof
+# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident))
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs.  */
+extern const char _nl_default_dirname[];
+
+/* List with bindings of specific domains.  */
+extern struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
+
+/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation.  */
+__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock)
+
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN __bindtextdomain
+# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET __bind_textdomain_codeset
+# ifndef strdup
+#  define strdup(str) __strdup (str)
+# endif
+#else
+# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN bindtextdomain__
+# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET bind_textdomain_codeset__
+#endif
+
+/* Prototypes for local functions.  */
+static void set_binding_values PARAMS ((const char *domainname,
+					const char **dirnamep,
+					const char **codesetp));
+     
+/* Specifies the directory name *DIRNAMEP and the output codeset *CODESETP
+   to be used for the DOMAINNAME message catalog.
+   If *DIRNAMEP or *CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is not
+   modified, only the current value is returned.
+   If DIRNAMEP or CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is neither
+   modified nor returned.  */
+static void
+set_binding_values (domainname, dirnamep, codesetp)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char **dirnamep;
+     const char **codesetp;
+{
+  struct binding *binding;
+  int modified;
+
+  /* Some sanity checks.  */
+  if (domainname == NULL || domainname[0] == '\0')
+    {
+      if (dirnamep)
+	*dirnamep = NULL;
+      if (codesetp)
+	*codesetp = NULL;
+      return;
+    }
+
+  __libc_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock);
+
+  modified = 0;
+
+  for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next)
+    {
+      int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname);
+      if (compare == 0)
+	/* We found it!  */
+	break;
+      if (compare < 0)
+	{
+	  /* It is not in the list.  */
+	  binding = NULL;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (binding != NULL)
+    {
+      if (dirnamep)
+	{
+	  const char *dirname = *dirnamep;
+
+	  if (dirname == NULL)
+	    /* The current binding has be to returned.  */
+	    *dirnamep = binding->dirname;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* The domain is already bound.  If the new value and the old
+		 one are equal we simply do nothing.  Otherwise replace the
+		 old binding.  */
+	      char *result = binding->dirname;
+	      if (strcmp (dirname, result) != 0)
+		{
+		  if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
+		    result = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
+		  else
+		    {
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+		      result = strdup (dirname);
+#else
+		      size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
+		      result = (char *) malloc (len);
+		      if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
+			memcpy (result, dirname, len);
+#endif
+		    }
+
+		  if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
+		    {
+		      if (binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
+			free (binding->dirname);
+
+		      binding->dirname = result;
+		      modified = 1;
+		    }
+		}
+	      *dirnamep = result;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (codesetp)
+	{
+	  const char *codeset = *codesetp;
+
+	  if (codeset == NULL)
+	    /* The current binding has be to returned.  */
+	    *codesetp = binding->codeset;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* The domain is already bound.  If the new value and the old
+		 one are equal we simply do nothing.  Otherwise replace the
+		 old binding.  */
+	      char *result = binding->codeset;
+	      if (result == NULL || strcmp (codeset, result) != 0)
+		{
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+		  result = strdup (codeset);
+#else
+		  size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1;
+		  result = (char *) malloc (len);
+		  if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
+		    memcpy (result, codeset, len);
+#endif
+
+		  if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
+		    {
+		      if (binding->codeset != NULL)
+			free (binding->codeset);
+
+		      binding->codeset = result;
+		      binding->codeset_cntr++;
+		      modified = 1;
+		    }
+		}
+	      *codesetp = result;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  else if ((dirnamep == NULL || *dirnamep == NULL)
+	   && (codesetp == NULL || *codesetp == NULL))
+    {
+      /* Simply return the default values.  */
+      if (dirnamep)
+	*dirnamep = _nl_default_dirname;
+      if (codesetp)
+	*codesetp = NULL;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* We have to create a new binding.  */
+      size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
+      struct binding *new_binding =
+	(struct binding *) malloc (offsetof (struct binding, domainname) + len);
+
+      if (__builtin_expect (new_binding == NULL, 0))
+	goto failed;
+
+      memcpy (new_binding->domainname, domainname, len);
+
+      if (dirnamep)
+	{
+	  const char *dirname = *dirnamep;
+
+	  if (dirname == NULL)
+	    /* The default value.  */
+	    dirname = _nl_default_dirname;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
+		dirname = _nl_default_dirname;
+	      else
+		{
+		  char *result;
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+		  result = strdup (dirname);
+		  if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
+		    goto failed_dirname;
+#else
+		  size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
+		  result = (char *) malloc (len);
+		  if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
+		    goto failed_dirname;
+		  memcpy (result, dirname, len);
+#endif
+		  dirname = result;
+		}
+	    }
+	  *dirnamep = dirname;
+	  new_binding->dirname = (char *) dirname;
+	}
+      else
+	/* The default value.  */
+	new_binding->dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
+
+      new_binding->codeset_cntr = 0;
+
+      if (codesetp)
+	{
+	  const char *codeset = *codesetp;
+
+	  if (codeset != NULL)
+	    {
+	      char *result;
+
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+	      result = strdup (codeset);
+	      if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
+		goto failed_codeset;
+#else
+	      size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1;
+	      result = (char *) malloc (len);
+	      if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
+		goto failed_codeset;
+	      memcpy (result, codeset, len);
+#endif
+	      codeset = result;
+	      new_binding->codeset_cntr++;
+	    }
+	  *codesetp = codeset;
+	  new_binding->codeset = (char *) codeset;
+	}
+      else
+	new_binding->codeset = NULL;
+
+      /* Now enqueue it.  */
+      if (_nl_domain_bindings == NULL
+	  || strcmp (domainname, _nl_domain_bindings->domainname) < 0)
+	{
+	  new_binding->next = _nl_domain_bindings;
+	  _nl_domain_bindings = new_binding;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  binding = _nl_domain_bindings;
+	  while (binding->next != NULL
+		 && strcmp (domainname, binding->next->domainname) > 0)
+	    binding = binding->next;
+
+	  new_binding->next = binding->next;
+	  binding->next = new_binding;
+	}
+
+      modified = 1;
+
+      /* Here we deal with memory allocation failures.  */
+      if (0)
+	{
+	failed_codeset:
+	  if (new_binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
+	    free (new_binding->dirname);
+	failed_dirname:
+	  free (new_binding);
+	failed:
+	  if (dirnamep)
+	    *dirnamep = NULL;
+	  if (codesetp)
+	    *codesetp = NULL;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* If we modified any binding, we flush the caches.  */
+  if (modified)
+    ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+
+  __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
+}
+
+/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
+   in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base.  */
+char *
+BINDTEXTDOMAIN (domainname, dirname)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *dirname;
+{
+  set_binding_values (domainname, &dirname, NULL);
+  return (char *) dirname;
+}
+
+/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
+   DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned.  */
+char *
+BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET (domainname, codeset)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *codeset;
+{
+  set_binding_values (domainname, NULL, &codeset);
+  return (char *) codeset;
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Aliases for function names in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__bindtextdomain, bindtextdomain);
+weak_alias (__bind_textdomain_codeset, bind_textdomain_codeset);
+#endif
diff --git a/intl/cat-compat.c b/intl/cat-compat.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..867d901b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/cat-compat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,262 @@
+/* Compatibility code for gettext-using-catgets interface.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+char *getenv ();
+# ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H
+#  include <malloc.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_NL_TYPES_H
+# include <nl_types.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "libgettext.h"
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* XPG3 defines the result of `setlocale (category, NULL)' as:
+   ``Directs `setlocale()' to query `category' and return the current
+     setting of `local'.''
+   However it does not specify the exact format.  And even worse: POSIX
+   defines this not at all.  So we can use this feature only on selected
+   system (e.g. those using GNU C Library).  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
+#endif
+
+/* The catalog descriptor.  */
+static nl_catd catalog = (nl_catd) -1;
+
+/* Name of the default catalog.  */
+static const char default_catalog_name[] = "messages";
+
+/* Name of currently used catalog.  */
+static const char *catalog_name = default_catalog_name;
+
+/* Get ID for given string.  If not found return -1.  */
+static int msg_to_cat_id PARAMS ((const char *msg));
+
+/* Substitution for systems lacking this function in their C library.  */
+#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
+static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
+#endif
+
+
+/* Set currently used domain/catalog.  */
+char *
+textdomain (domainname)
+     const char *domainname;
+{
+  nl_catd new_catalog;
+  char *new_name;
+  size_t new_name_len;
+  char *lang;
+
+#if defined HAVE_SETLOCALE && defined HAVE_LC_MESSAGES \
+    && defined HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
+  lang = setlocale (LC_MESSAGES, NULL);
+#else
+  lang = getenv ("LC_ALL");
+  if (lang == NULL || lang[0] == '\0')
+    {
+      lang = getenv ("LC_MESSAGES");
+      if (lang == NULL || lang[0] == '\0')
+	lang = getenv ("LANG");
+    }
+#endif
+  if (lang == NULL || lang[0] == '\0')
+    lang = "C";
+
+  /* See whether name of currently used domain is asked.  */
+  if (domainname == NULL)
+    return (char *) catalog_name;
+
+  if (domainname[0] == '\0')
+    domainname = default_catalog_name;
+
+  /* Compute length of added path element.  */
+  new_name_len = sizeof (LOCALEDIR) - 1 + 1 + strlen (lang)
+		 + sizeof ("/LC_MESSAGES/") - 1 + sizeof (PACKAGE) - 1
+		 + sizeof (".cat");
+
+  new_name = (char *) malloc (new_name_len);
+  if (new_name == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  strcpy (new_name, PACKAGE);
+  new_catalog = catopen (new_name, 0);
+
+  if (new_catalog == (nl_catd) -1)
+    {
+      /* NLSPATH search didn't work, try absolute path */
+      sprintf (new_name, "%s/%s/LC_MESSAGES/%s.cat", LOCALEDIR, lang,
+	       PACKAGE);
+      new_catalog = catopen (new_name, 0);
+
+      if (new_catalog == (nl_catd) -1)
+	{
+	  free (new_name);
+	  return (char *) catalog_name;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Close old catalog.  */
+  if (catalog != (nl_catd) -1)
+    catclose (catalog);
+  if (catalog_name != default_catalog_name)
+    free ((char *) catalog_name);
+
+  catalog = new_catalog;
+  catalog_name = new_name;
+
+  return (char *) catalog_name;
+}
+
+char *
+bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *dirname;
+{
+#if HAVE_SETENV || HAVE_PUTENV
+  char *old_val, *new_val, *cp;
+  size_t new_val_len;
+
+  /* This does not make much sense here but to be compatible do it.  */
+  if (domainname == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  /* Compute length of added path element.  If we use setenv we don't need
+     the first byts for NLSPATH=, but why complicate the code for this
+     peanuts.  */
+  new_val_len = sizeof ("NLSPATH=") - 1 + strlen (dirname)
+		+ sizeof ("/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat");
+
+  old_val = getenv ("NLSPATH");
+  if (old_val == NULL || old_val[0] == '\0')
+    {
+      old_val = NULL;
+      new_val_len += 1 + sizeof (LOCALEDIR) - 1
+	             + sizeof ("/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat");
+    }
+  else
+    new_val_len += strlen (old_val);
+
+  new_val = (char *) malloc (new_val_len);
+  if (new_val == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+# if HAVE_SETENV
+  cp = new_val;
+# else
+  cp = stpcpy (new_val, "NLSPATH=");
+# endif
+
+  cp = stpcpy (cp, dirname);
+  cp = stpcpy (cp, "/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat:");
+
+  if (old_val == NULL)
+    {
+# if __STDC__
+      stpcpy (cp, LOCALEDIR "/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat");
+# else
+
+      cp = stpcpy (cp, LOCALEDIR);
+      stpcpy (cp, "/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat");
+# endif
+    }
+  else
+    stpcpy (cp, old_val);
+
+# if HAVE_SETENV
+  setenv ("NLSPATH", new_val, 1);
+  free (new_val);
+# else
+  putenv (new_val);
+  /* Do *not* free the environment entry we just entered.  It is used
+     from now on.   */
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
+  return (char *) domainname;
+}
+
+#undef gettext
+char *
+gettext (msg)
+     const char *msg;
+{
+  int msgid;
+
+  if (msg == NULL || catalog == (nl_catd) -1)
+    return (char *) msg;
+
+  /* Get the message from the catalog.  We always use set number 1.
+     The message ID is computed by the function `msg_to_cat_id'
+     which works on the table generated by `po-to-tbl'.  */
+  msgid = msg_to_cat_id (msg);
+  if (msgid == -1)
+    return (char *) msg;
+
+  return catgets (catalog, 1, msgid, (char *) msg);
+}
+
+/* Look through the table `_msg_tbl' which has `_msg_tbl_length' entries
+   for the one equal to msg.  If it is found return the ID.  In case when
+   the string is not found return -1.  */
+static int
+msg_to_cat_id (msg)
+     const char *msg;
+{
+  int cnt;
+
+  for (cnt = 0; cnt < _msg_tbl_length; ++cnt)
+    if (strcmp (msg, _msg_tbl[cnt]._msg) == 0)
+      return _msg_tbl[cnt]._msg_number;
+
+  return -1;
+}
+
+
+/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
+
+/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library.  So we
+   avoid the non-standard function stpcpy.  In GNU C Library this
+   function is available, though.  Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
+   to be defined.  */
+#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
+static char *
+stpcpy (dest, src)
+     char *dest;
+     const char *src;
+{
+  while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
+    /* Do nothing. */ ;
+  return dest - 1;
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/intl/config.charset b/intl/config.charset
new file mode 100755
index 00000000..d6f36955
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/config.charset
@@ -0,0 +1,438 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Output a system dependent table of character encoding aliases.
+#
+#   Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+#   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+#   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+#   any later version.
+#
+#   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+#   Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+#   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+#   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+#   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+#   USA.
+#
+# The table consists of lines of the form
+#    ALIAS  CANONICAL
+#
+# ALIAS is the (system dependent) result of "nl_langinfo (CODESET)".
+# ALIAS is compared in a case sensitive way.
+#
+# CANONICAL is the GNU canonical name for this character encoding.
+# It must be an encoding supported by libiconv. Support by GNU libc is
+# also desirable. CANONICAL is case insensitive. Usually an upper case
+# MIME charset name is preferred.
+# The current list of GNU canonical charset names is as follows.
+#
+#       name                         used by which systems         a MIME name?
+#   ASCII, ANSI_X3.4-1968     glibc solaris freebsd
+#   ISO-8859-1                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
+#   ISO-8859-2                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
+#   ISO-8859-3                glibc                                     yes
+#   ISO-8859-4                osf solaris freebsd                       yes
+#   ISO-8859-5                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
+#   ISO-8859-6                glibc aix hpux solaris                    yes
+#   ISO-8859-7                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris           yes
+#   ISO-8859-8                glibc aix hpux osf solaris                yes
+#   ISO-8859-9                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris           yes
+#   ISO-8859-13               glibc
+#   ISO-8859-15               glibc aix osf solaris freebsd
+#   KOI8-R                    glibc solaris freebsd                     yes
+#   KOI8-U                    glibc freebsd                             yes
+#   CP437                     dos
+#   CP775                     dos
+#   CP850                     aix osf dos
+#   CP852                     dos
+#   CP855                     dos
+#   CP856                     aix
+#   CP857                     dos
+#   CP861                     dos
+#   CP862                     dos
+#   CP864                     dos
+#   CP865                     dos
+#   CP866                     freebsd dos
+#   CP869                     dos
+#   CP874                     win32 dos
+#   CP922                     aix
+#   CP932                     aix win32 dos
+#   CP943                     aix
+#   CP949                     osf win32 dos
+#   CP950                     win32 dos
+#   CP1046                    aix
+#   CP1124                    aix
+#   CP1129                    aix
+#   CP1250                    win32
+#   CP1251                    glibc win32
+#   CP1252                    aix win32
+#   CP1253                    win32
+#   CP1254                    win32
+#   CP1255                    win32
+#   CP1256                    win32
+#   CP1257                    win32
+#   GB2312                    glibc aix hpux irix solaris freebsd       yes
+#   EUC-JP                    glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
+#   EUC-KR                    glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
+#   EUC-TW                    glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris
+#   BIG5                      glibc aix hpux osf solaris freebsd        yes
+#   BIG5HKSCS                 glibc
+#   GBK                       aix osf win32 dos
+#   GB18030                   glibc
+#   SJIS                      hpux osf solaris freebsd
+#   JOHAB                     glibc win32
+#   TIS-620                   glibc aix hpux osf solaris
+#   VISCII                    glibc                                     yes
+#   HP-ROMAN8                 hpux
+#   HP-ARABIC8                hpux
+#   HP-GREEK8                 hpux
+#   HP-HEBREW8                hpux
+#   HP-TURKISH8               hpux
+#   HP-KANA8                  hpux
+#   DEC-KANJI                 osf
+#   DEC-HANYU                 osf
+#   UTF-8                     glibc aix hpux osf solaris                yes
+#
+# Note: Names which are not marked as being a MIME name should not be used in
+# Internet protocols for information interchange (mail, news, etc.).
+#
+# Note: ASCII and ANSI_X3.4-1968 are synonymous canonical names. Applications
+# must understand both names and treat them as equivalent.
+#
+# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification,
+#    CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+# or
+#    CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+
+host="$1"
+os=`echo "$host" | sed -e 's/^[^-]*-[^-]*-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
+echo "# This file contains a table of character encoding aliases,"
+echo "# suitable for operating system '${os}'."
+echo "# It was automatically generated from config.charset."
+# List of references, updated during installation:
+echo "# Packages using this file: "
+case "$os" in
+    linux* | *-gnu*)
+	# With glibc-2.1 or newer, we don't need any canonicalization,
+	# because glibc has iconv and both glibc and libiconv support all
+	# GNU canonical names directly. Therefore, the Makefile does not
+	# need to install the alias file at all.
+	# The following applies only to glibc-2.0.x and older libcs.
+	echo "ISO_646.IRV:1983 ASCII"
+	;;
+    aix*)
+	echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+	echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
+	echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+	echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
+	echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+	echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+	echo "IBM-850 CP850"
+	echo "IBM-856 CP856"
+	echo "IBM-921 ISO-8859-13"
+	echo "IBM-922 CP922"
+	echo "IBM-932 CP932"
+	echo "IBM-943 CP943"
+	echo "IBM-1046 CP1046"
+	echo "IBM-1124 CP1124"
+	echo "IBM-1129 CP1129"
+	echo "IBM-1252 CP1252"
+	echo "IBM-eucCN GB2312"
+	echo "IBM-eucJP EUC-JP"
+	echo "IBM-eucKR EUC-KR"
+	echo "IBM-eucTW EUC-TW"
+	echo "big5 BIG5"
+	echo "GBK GBK"
+	echo "TIS-620 TIS-620"
+	echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
+	;;
+    hpux*)
+	echo "iso88591 ISO-8859-1"
+	echo "iso88592 ISO-8859-2"
+	echo "iso88595 ISO-8859-5"
+	echo "iso88596 ISO-8859-6"
+	echo "iso88597 ISO-8859-7"
+	echo "iso88598 ISO-8859-8"
+	echo "iso88599 ISO-8859-9"
+	echo "iso885915 ISO-8859-15"
+	echo "roman8 HP-ROMAN8"
+	echo "arabic8 HP-ARABIC8"
+	echo "greek8 HP-GREEK8"
+	echo "hebrew8 HP-HEBREW8"
+	echo "turkish8 HP-TURKISH8"
+	echo "kana8 HP-KANA8"
+	echo "tis620 TIS-620"
+	echo "big5 BIG5"
+	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+	echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
+	echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
+	echo "hp15CN GB2312"
+	#echo "ccdc ?" # what is this?
+	echo "SJIS SJIS"
+	echo "utf8 UTF-8"
+	;;
+    irix*)
+	echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+	echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+	echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+	echo "eucCN GB2312"
+	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+	echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
+	echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
+	;;
+    osf*)
+	echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
+	echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+	echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+	echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
+	echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+	echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+	echo "cp850 CP850"
+	echo "big5 BIG5"
+	echo "dechanyu DEC-HANYU"
+	echo "dechanzi GB2312"
+	echo "deckanji DEC-KANJI"
+	echo "deckorean EUC-KR"
+	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+	echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
+	echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
+	echo "GBK GBK"
+	echo "KSC5601 CP949"
+	echo "sdeckanji EUC-JP"
+	echo "SJIS SJIS"
+	echo "TACTIS TIS-620"
+	echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
+	;;
+    solaris*)
+	echo "646 ASCII"
+	echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
+	echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+	echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
+	echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+	echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
+	echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+	echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+	echo "koi8-r KOI8-R"
+	echo "BIG5 BIG5"
+	echo "gb2312 GB2312"
+	echo "cns11643 EUC-TW"
+	echo "5601 EUC-KR"
+	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+	echo "PCK SJIS"
+	echo "TIS620.2533 TIS-620"
+	#echo "sun_eu_greek ?" # what is this?
+	echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
+	;;
+    freebsd*)
+	# FreeBSD 4.2 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
+	# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
+	# from the environment variables.
+	echo "C ASCII"
+	echo "US-ASCII ASCII"
+	for l in la_LN lt_LN; do
+	  echo "$l.ASCII ASCII"
+	done
+	for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \
+	         fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT la_LN \
+	         lt_LN nl_BE nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do
+	  echo "$l.ISO_8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	  echo "$l.DIS_8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+	done
+	for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN lt_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do
+	  echo "$l.ISO_8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	done
+	for l in la_LN lt_LT; do
+	  echo "$l.ISO_8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
+	done
+	for l in ru_RU ru_SU; do
+	  echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R"
+	  echo "$l.ISO_8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+	  echo "$l.CP866 CP866"
+	done
+	echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U"
+	echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5"
+	echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5"
+	echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312"
+	echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP"
+	echo "ja_JP.SJIS SJIS"
+	echo "ja_JP.Shift_JIS SJIS"
+	echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR"
+	;;
+    beos*)
+	# BeOS has a single locale, and it has UTF-8 encoding.
+	echo "* UTF-8"
+	;;
+    msdosdjgpp*)
+	# DJGPP 2.03 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
+	# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
+	# from the environment variables.
+	echo "#"
+	echo "# The encodings given here may not all be correct."
+	echo "# If you find that the encoding given for your language and"
+	echo "# country is not the one your DOS machine actually uses, just"
+	echo "# correct it in this file, and send a mail to"
+	echo "# Juan Manuel Guerrero <st001906@hrz1.hrz.tu-darmstadt.de>"
+	echo "# and Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>."
+	echo "#"
+	echo "C ASCII"
+	# ISO-8859-1 languages
+	echo "ca CP850"
+	echo "ca_ES CP850"
+	echo "da CP865"    # not CP850 ??
+	echo "da_DK CP865" # not CP850 ??
+	echo "de CP850"
+	echo "de_AT CP850"
+	echo "de_CH CP850"
+	echo "de_DE CP850"
+	echo "en CP850"
+	echo "en_AU CP850" # not CP437 ??
+	echo "en_CA CP850"
+	echo "en_GB CP850"
+	echo "en_NZ CP437"
+	echo "en_US CP437"
+	echo "en_ZA CP850" # not CP437 ??
+	echo "es CP850"
+	echo "es_AR CP850"
+	echo "es_BO CP850"
+	echo "es_CL CP850"
+	echo "es_CO CP850"
+	echo "es_CR CP850"
+	echo "es_CU CP850"
+	echo "es_DO CP850"
+	echo "es_EC CP850"
+	echo "es_ES CP850"
+	echo "es_GT CP850"
+	echo "es_HN CP850"
+	echo "es_MX CP850"
+	echo "es_NI CP850"
+	echo "es_PA CP850"
+	echo "es_PY CP850"
+	echo "es_PE CP850"
+	echo "es_SV CP850"
+	echo "es_UY CP850"
+	echo "es_VE CP850"
+	echo "et CP850"
+	echo "et_EE CP850"
+	echo "eu CP850"
+	echo "eu_ES CP850"
+	echo "fi CP850"
+	echo "fi_FI CP850"
+	echo "fr CP850"
+	echo "fr_BE CP850"
+	echo "fr_CA CP850"
+	echo "fr_CH CP850"
+	echo "fr_FR CP850"
+	echo "ga CP850"
+	echo "ga_IE CP850"
+	echo "gd CP850"
+	echo "gd_GB CP850"
+	echo "gl CP850"
+	echo "gl_ES CP850"
+	echo "id CP850"    # not CP437 ??
+	echo "id_ID CP850" # not CP437 ??
+	echo "is CP861"    # not CP850 ??
+	echo "is_IS CP861" # not CP850 ??
+	echo "it CP850"
+	echo "it_CH CP850"
+	echo "it_IT CP850"
+	echo "lt CP775"
+	echo "lt_LT CP775"
+	echo "lv CP775"
+	echo "lv_LV CP775"
+	echo "nb CP865"    # not CP850 ??
+	echo "nb_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
+	echo "nl CP850"
+	echo "nl_BE CP850"
+	echo "nl_NL CP850"
+	echo "nn CP865"    # not CP850 ??
+	echo "nn_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
+	echo "no CP865"    # not CP850 ??
+	echo "no_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
+	echo "pt CP850"
+	echo "pt_BR CP850"
+	echo "pt_PT CP850"
+	echo "sv CP850"
+	echo "sv_SE CP850"
+	# ISO-8859-2 languages
+	echo "cs CP852"
+	echo "cs_CZ CP852"
+	echo "hr CP852"
+	echo "hr_HR CP852"
+	echo "hu CP852"
+	echo "hu_HU CP852"
+	echo "pl CP852"
+	echo "pl_PL CP852"
+	echo "ro CP852"
+	echo "ro_RO CP852"
+	echo "sk CP852"
+	echo "sk_SK CP852"
+	echo "sl CP852"
+	echo "sl_SI CP852"
+	echo "sq CP852"
+	echo "sq_AL CP852"
+	echo "sr CP852"    # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
+	echo "sr_YU CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
+	# ISO-8859-3 languages
+	echo "mt CP850"
+	echo "mt_MT CP850"
+	# ISO-8859-5 languages
+	echo "be CP866"
+	echo "be_BE CP866"
+	echo "bg CP866"    # not CP855 ??
+	echo "bg_BG CP866" # not CP855 ??
+	echo "mk CP866"    # not CP855 ??
+	echo "mk_MK CP866" # not CP855 ??
+	echo "ru KOI8-R"    # not CP866 ??
+	echo "ru_RU KOI8-R" # not CP866 ??
+	# ISO-8859-6 languages
+	echo "ar CP864"
+	echo "ar_AE CP864"
+	echo "ar_DZ CP864"
+	echo "ar_EG CP864"
+	echo "ar_IQ CP864"
+	echo "ar_IR CP864"
+	echo "ar_JO CP864"
+	echo "ar_KW CP864"
+	echo "ar_MA CP864"
+	echo "ar_OM CP864"
+	echo "ar_QA CP864"
+	echo "ar_SA CP864"
+	echo "ar_SY CP864"
+	# ISO-8859-7 languages
+	echo "el CP869"
+	echo "el_GR CP869"
+	# ISO-8859-8 languages
+	echo "he CP862"
+	echo "he_IL CP862"
+	# ISO-8859-9 languages
+	echo "tr CP857"
+	echo "tr_TR CP857"
+	# Japanese
+	echo "ja CP932"
+	echo "ja_JP CP932"
+	# Chinese
+	echo "zh_CN GBK"
+	echo "zh_TW CP950" # not CP938 ??
+	# Korean
+	echo "kr CP949"    # not CP934 ??
+	echo "kr_KR CP949" # not CP934 ??
+	# Thai
+	echo "th CP874"
+	echo "th_TH CP874"
+	# Other
+	echo "eo CP850"
+	echo "eo_EO CP850"
+	;;
+esac
diff --git a/intl/dcgettext.c b/intl/dcgettext.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..469e78de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/dcgettext.c
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/* Implementation of the dcgettext(3) function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
+# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
+#else
+# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__
+# define DCIGETTEXT dcigettext__
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
+   locale.  */
+char *
+DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, category)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *msgid;
+     int category;
+{
+  return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, NULL, 0, 0, category);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__dcgettext, dcgettext);
+#endif
diff --git a/intl/dcigettext.c b/intl/dcigettext.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8456550d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/dcigettext.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1257 @@
+/* Implementation of the internal dcigettext function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
+   This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
+   <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late.  */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE	1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# define alloca __builtin_alloca
+# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
+#else
+# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
+#  include <alloca.h>
+# else
+#  ifdef _AIX
+ #pragma alloca
+#  else
+#   ifndef alloca
+char *alloca ();
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+#ifndef __set_errno
+# define __set_errno(val) errno = (val)
+#endif
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include <string.h>
+#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
+# ifndef strchr
+#  define strchr index
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+#if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+#include "hash-string.h"
+
+/* Thread safetyness.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+#else
+/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc.  */
+# define __libc_lock_define_initialized(CLASS, NAME)
+# define __libc_lock_lock(NAME)
+# define __libc_lock_unlock(NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_define_initialized(CLASS, NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_rdlock(NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME)
+#endif
+
+/* Alignment of types.  */
+#if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ >= 2
+# define alignof(TYPE) __alignof__ (TYPE)
+#else
+# define alignof(TYPE) \
+    ((int) &((struct { char dummy1; TYPE dummy2; } *) 0)->dummy2)
+#endif
+
+/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
+   names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
+   using libintl.a cannot be linked statically.  */
+#if !defined _LIBC
+# define _nl_default_default_domain _nl_default_default_domain__
+# define _nl_current_default_domain _nl_current_default_domain__
+# define _nl_default_dirname _nl_default_dirname__
+# define _nl_domain_bindings _nl_domain_bindings__
+#endif
+
+/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in <stddef.h>.  */
+#ifndef offsetof
+# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident))
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Rename the non ANSI C functions.  This is required by the standard
+   because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
+   file and the name space must not be polluted.  */
+# define getcwd __getcwd
+# ifndef stpcpy
+#  define stpcpy __stpcpy
+# endif
+# define tfind __tfind
+#else
+# if !defined HAVE_GETCWD
+char *getwd ();
+#  define getcwd(buf, max) getwd (buf)
+# else
+char *getcwd ();
+# endif
+# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY
+static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
+# endif
+# ifndef HAVE_MEMPCPY
+static void *mempcpy PARAMS ((void *dest, const void *src, size_t n));
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Amount to increase buffer size by in each try.  */
+#define PATH_INCR 32
+
+/* The following is from pathmax.h.  */
+/* Non-POSIX BSD systems might have gcc's limits.h, which doesn't define
+   PATH_MAX but might cause redefinition warnings when sys/param.h is
+   later included (as on MORE/BSD 4.3).  */
+#if defined _POSIX_VERSION || (defined HAVE_LIMITS_H && !defined __GNUC__)
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _POSIX_PATH_MAX
+# define _POSIX_PATH_MAX 255
+#endif
+
+#if !defined PATH_MAX && defined _PC_PATH_MAX
+# define PATH_MAX (pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX) < 1 ? 1024 : pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX))
+#endif
+
+/* Don't include sys/param.h if it already has been.  */
+#if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H && !defined PATH_MAX && !defined MAXPATHLEN
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+#if !defined PATH_MAX && defined MAXPATHLEN
+# define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PATH_MAX
+# define PATH_MAX _POSIX_PATH_MAX
+#endif
+
+/* Pathname support.
+   ISSLASH(C)           tests whether C is a directory separator character.
+   IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P)  tests whether P is an absolute path.  If it is not,
+                        it may be concatenated to a directory pathname.
+   IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P)  tests whether P contains a directory specification.
+ */
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
+  /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
+# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \
+    ((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \
+     && (P)[1] == ':')
+# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) (ISSLASH ((P)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (P))
+# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) \
+    (strchr (P, '/') != NULL || strchr (P, '\\') != NULL || HAS_DEVICE (P))
+#else
+  /* Unix */
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
+# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) ISSLASH ((P)[0])
+# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) (strchr (P, '/') != NULL)
+#endif
+
+/* XPG3 defines the result of `setlocale (category, NULL)' as:
+   ``Directs `setlocale()' to query `category' and return the current
+     setting of `local'.''
+   However it does not specify the exact format.  Neither do SUSV2 and
+   ISO C 99.  So we can use this feature only on selected systems (e.g.
+   those using GNU C Library).  */
+#if defined _LIBC || (defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ && __GNU_LIBRARY__ >= 2)
+# define HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
+#endif
+
+/* This is the type used for the search tree where known translations
+   are stored.  */
+struct known_translation_t
+{
+  /* Domain in which to search.  */
+  char *domainname;
+
+  /* The category.  */
+  int category;
+
+  /* State of the catalog counter at the point the string was found.  */
+  int counter;
+
+  /* Catalog where the string was found.  */
+  struct loaded_l10nfile *domain;
+
+  /* And finally the translation.  */
+  const char *translation;
+  size_t translation_length;
+
+  /* Pointer to the string in question.  */
+  char msgid[ZERO];
+};
+
+/* Root of the search tree with known translations.  We can use this
+   only if the system provides the `tsearch' function family.  */
+#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
+# include <search.h>
+
+static void *root;
+
+# ifdef _LIBC
+#  define tsearch __tsearch
+# endif
+
+/* Function to compare two entries in the table of known translations.  */
+static int transcmp PARAMS ((const void *p1, const void *p2));
+static int
+transcmp (p1, p2)
+     const void *p1;
+     const void *p2;
+{
+  const struct known_translation_t *s1;
+  const struct known_translation_t *s2;
+  int result;
+
+  s1 = (const struct known_translation_t *) p1;
+  s2 = (const struct known_translation_t *) p2;
+
+  result = strcmp (s1->msgid, s2->msgid);
+  if (result == 0)
+    {
+      result = strcmp (s1->domainname, s2->domainname);
+      if (result == 0)
+	/* We compare the category last (though this is the cheapest
+	   operation) since it is hopefully always the same (namely
+	   LC_MESSAGES).  */
+	result = s1->category - s2->category;
+    }
+
+  return result;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Name of the default domain used for gettext(3) prior any call to
+   textdomain(3).  The default value for this is "messages".  */
+const char _nl_default_default_domain[] = "messages";
+
+/* Value used as the default domain for gettext(3).  */
+const char *_nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain;
+
+/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs.  */
+const char _nl_default_dirname[] = LOCALEDIR;
+
+/* List with bindings of specific domains created by bindtextdomain()
+   calls.  */
+struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
+
+/* Prototypes for local functions.  */
+static char *plural_lookup PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain,
+				    unsigned long int n,
+				    const char *translation,
+				    size_t translation_len))
+     internal_function;
+static unsigned long int plural_eval PARAMS ((struct expression *pexp,
+					      unsigned long int n))
+     internal_function;
+static const char *category_to_name PARAMS ((int category)) internal_function;
+static const char *guess_category_value PARAMS ((int category,
+						 const char *categoryname))
+     internal_function;
+
+
+/* For those loosing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
+   some additional code emulating it.  */
+#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
+/* Nothing has to be done.  */
+# define ADD_BLOCK(list, address) /* nothing */
+# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) /* nothing */
+#else
+struct block_list
+{
+  void *address;
+  struct block_list *next;
+};
+# define ADD_BLOCK(list, addr)						      \
+  do {									      \
+    struct block_list *newp = (struct block_list *) malloc (sizeof (*newp));  \
+    /* If we cannot get a free block we cannot add the new element to	      \
+       the list.  */							      \
+    if (newp != NULL) {							      \
+      newp->address = (addr);						      \
+      newp->next = (list);						      \
+      (list) = newp;							      \
+    }									      \
+  } while (0)
+# define FREE_BLOCKS(list)						      \
+  do {									      \
+    while (list != NULL) {						      \
+      struct block_list *old = list;					      \
+      list = list->next;						      \
+      free (old);							      \
+    }									      \
+  } while (0)
+# undef alloca
+# define alloca(size) (malloc (size))
+#endif	/* have alloca */
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* List of blocks allocated for translations.  */
+typedef struct transmem_list
+{
+  struct transmem_list *next;
+  char data[ZERO];
+} transmem_block_t;
+static struct transmem_list *transmem_list;
+#else
+typedef unsigned char transmem_block_t;
+#endif
+
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
+#else
+# define DCIGETTEXT dcigettext__
+#endif
+
+/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+__libc_rwlock_define_initialized (, _nl_state_lock)
+#endif
+
+/* Checking whether the binaries runs SUID must be done and glibc provides
+   easier methods therefore we make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define ENABLE_SECURE __libc_enable_secure
+# define DETERMINE_SECURE
+#else
+# ifndef HAVE_GETUID
+#  define getuid() 0
+# endif
+# ifndef HAVE_GETGID
+#  define getgid() 0
+# endif
+# ifndef HAVE_GETEUID
+#  define geteuid() getuid()
+# endif
+# ifndef HAVE_GETEGID
+#  define getegid() getgid()
+# endif
+static int enable_secure;
+# define ENABLE_SECURE (enable_secure == 1)
+# define DETERMINE_SECURE \
+  if (enable_secure == 0)						      \
+    {									      \
+      if (getuid () != geteuid () || getgid () != getegid ())		      \
+	enable_secure = 1;						      \
+      else								      \
+	enable_secure = -1;						      \
+    }
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
+   CATEGORY locale and, if PLURAL is nonzero, search over string
+   depending on the plural form determined by N.  */
+char *
+DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural, n, category)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *msgid1;
+     const char *msgid2;
+     int plural;
+     unsigned long int n;
+     int category;
+{
+#ifndef HAVE_ALLOCA
+  struct block_list *block_list = NULL;
+#endif
+  struct loaded_l10nfile *domain;
+  struct binding *binding;
+  const char *categoryname;
+  const char *categoryvalue;
+  char *dirname, *xdomainname;
+  char *single_locale;
+  char *retval;
+  size_t retlen;
+  int saved_errno;
+#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
+  struct known_translation_t *search;
+  struct known_translation_t **foundp = NULL;
+  size_t msgid_len;
+#endif
+  size_t domainname_len;
+
+  /* If no real MSGID is given return NULL.  */
+  if (msgid1 == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  __libc_rwlock_rdlock (_nl_state_lock);
+
+  /* If DOMAINNAME is NULL, we are interested in the default domain.  If
+     CATEGORY is not LC_MESSAGES this might not make much sense but the
+     definition left this undefined.  */
+  if (domainname == NULL)
+    domainname = _nl_current_default_domain;
+
+#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
+  msgid_len = strlen (msgid1) + 1;
+
+  /* Try to find the translation among those which we found at
+     some time.  */
+  search = (struct known_translation_t *)
+	   alloca (offsetof (struct known_translation_t, msgid) + msgid_len);
+  memcpy (search->msgid, msgid1, msgid_len);
+  search->domainname = (char *) domainname;
+  search->category = category;
+
+  foundp = (struct known_translation_t **) tfind (search, &root, transcmp);
+  if (foundp != NULL && (*foundp)->counter == _nl_msg_cat_cntr)
+    {
+      /* Now deal with plural.  */
+      if (plural)
+	retval = plural_lookup ((*foundp)->domain, n, (*foundp)->translation,
+				(*foundp)->translation_length);
+      else
+	retval = (char *) (*foundp)->translation;
+
+      __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
+      return retval;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  /* Preserve the `errno' value.  */
+  saved_errno = errno;
+
+  /* See whether this is a SUID binary or not.  */
+  DETERMINE_SECURE;
+
+  /* First find matching binding.  */
+  for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next)
+    {
+      int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname);
+      if (compare == 0)
+	/* We found it!  */
+	break;
+      if (compare < 0)
+	{
+	  /* It is not in the list.  */
+	  binding = NULL;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (binding == NULL)
+    dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
+  else if (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (binding->dirname))
+    dirname = binding->dirname;
+  else
+    {
+      /* We have a relative path.  Make it absolute now.  */
+      size_t dirname_len = strlen (binding->dirname) + 1;
+      size_t path_max;
+      char *ret;
+
+      path_max = (unsigned int) PATH_MAX;
+      path_max += 2;		/* The getcwd docs say to do this.  */
+
+      for (;;)
+	{
+	  dirname = (char *) alloca (path_max + dirname_len);
+	  ADD_BLOCK (block_list, dirname);
+
+	  __set_errno (0);
+	  ret = getcwd (dirname, path_max);
+	  if (ret != NULL || errno != ERANGE)
+	    break;
+
+	  path_max += path_max / 2;
+	  path_max += PATH_INCR;
+	}
+
+      if (ret == NULL)
+	{
+	  /* We cannot get the current working directory.  Don't signal an
+	     error but simply return the default string.  */
+	  FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
+	  __set_errno (saved_errno);
+	  return (plural == 0
+		  ? (char *) msgid1
+		  /* Use the Germanic plural rule.  */
+		  : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2);
+	}
+
+      stpcpy (stpcpy (strchr (dirname, '\0'), "/"), binding->dirname);
+    }
+
+  /* Now determine the symbolic name of CATEGORY and its value.  */
+  categoryname = category_to_name (category);
+  categoryvalue = guess_category_value (category, categoryname);
+
+  domainname_len = strlen (domainname);
+  xdomainname = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryname)
+				 + domainname_len + 5);
+  ADD_BLOCK (block_list, xdomainname);
+
+  stpcpy (mempcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (xdomainname, categoryname), "/"),
+		  domainname, domainname_len),
+	  ".mo");
+
+  /* Creating working area.  */
+  single_locale = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryvalue) + 1);
+  ADD_BLOCK (block_list, single_locale);
+
+
+  /* Search for the given string.  This is a loop because we perhaps
+     got an ordered list of languages to consider for the translation.  */
+  while (1)
+    {
+      /* Make CATEGORYVALUE point to the next element of the list.  */
+      while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] == ':')
+	++categoryvalue;
+      if (categoryvalue[0] == '\0')
+	{
+	  /* The whole contents of CATEGORYVALUE has been searched but
+	     no valid entry has been found.  We solve this situation
+	     by implicitly appending a "C" entry, i.e. no translation
+	     will take place.  */
+	  single_locale[0] = 'C';
+	  single_locale[1] = '\0';
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  char *cp = single_locale;
+	  while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] != ':')
+	    *cp++ = *categoryvalue++;
+	  *cp = '\0';
+
+	  /* When this is a SUID binary we must not allow accessing files
+	     outside the dedicated directories.  */
+	  if (ENABLE_SECURE && IS_PATH_WITH_DIR (single_locale))
+	    /* Ingore this entry.  */
+	    continue;
+	}
+
+      /* If the current locale value is C (or POSIX) we don't load a
+	 domain.  Return the MSGID.  */
+      if (strcmp (single_locale, "C") == 0
+	  || strcmp (single_locale, "POSIX") == 0)
+	{
+	  FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
+	  __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
+	  __set_errno (saved_errno);
+	  return (plural == 0
+		  ? (char *) msgid1
+		  /* Use the Germanic plural rule.  */
+		  : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2);
+	}
+
+
+      /* Find structure describing the message catalog matching the
+	 DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY.  */
+      domain = _nl_find_domain (dirname, single_locale, xdomainname, binding);
+
+      if (domain != NULL)
+	{
+	  retval = _nl_find_msg (domain, binding, msgid1, &retlen);
+
+	  if (retval == NULL)
+	    {
+	      int cnt;
+
+	      for (cnt = 0; domain->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
+		{
+		  retval = _nl_find_msg (domain->successor[cnt], binding,
+					 msgid1, &retlen);
+
+		  if (retval != NULL)
+		    {
+		      domain = domain->successor[cnt];
+		      break;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  if (retval != NULL)
+	    {
+	      /* Found the translation of MSGID1 in domain DOMAIN:
+		 starting at RETVAL, RETLEN bytes.  */
+	      FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
+	      __set_errno (saved_errno);
+#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC
+	      if (foundp == NULL)
+		{
+		  /* Create a new entry and add it to the search tree.  */
+		  struct known_translation_t *newp;
+
+		  newp = (struct known_translation_t *)
+		    malloc (offsetof (struct known_translation_t, msgid)
+			    + msgid_len + domainname_len + 1);
+		  if (newp != NULL)
+		    {
+		      newp->domainname =
+			mempcpy (newp->msgid, msgid1, msgid_len);
+		      memcpy (newp->domainname, domainname, domainname_len + 1);
+		      newp->category = category;
+		      newp->counter = _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+		      newp->domain = domain;
+		      newp->translation = retval;
+		      newp->translation_length = retlen;
+
+		      /* Insert the entry in the search tree.  */
+		      foundp = (struct known_translation_t **)
+			tsearch (newp, &root, transcmp);
+		      if (foundp == NULL
+			  || __builtin_expect (*foundp != newp, 0))
+			/* The insert failed.  */
+			free (newp);
+		    }
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  /* We can update the existing entry.  */
+		  (*foundp)->counter = _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+		  (*foundp)->domain = domain;
+		  (*foundp)->translation = retval;
+		  (*foundp)->translation_length = retlen;
+		}
+#endif
+	      /* Now deal with plural.  */
+	      if (plural)
+		retval = plural_lookup (domain, n, retval, retlen);
+
+	      __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
+	      return retval;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  /* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+
+char *
+internal_function
+_nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, msgid, lengthp)
+     struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
+     struct binding *domainbinding;
+     const char *msgid;
+     size_t *lengthp;
+{
+  struct loaded_domain *domain;
+  size_t act;
+  char *result;
+  size_t resultlen;
+
+  if (domain_file->decided == 0)
+    _nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding);
+
+  if (domain_file->data == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  domain = (struct loaded_domain *) domain_file->data;
+
+  /* Locate the MSGID and its translation.  */
+  if (domain->hash_size > 2 && domain->hash_tab != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Use the hashing table.  */
+      nls_uint32 len = strlen (msgid);
+      nls_uint32 hash_val = hash_string (msgid);
+      nls_uint32 idx = hash_val % domain->hash_size;
+      nls_uint32 incr = 1 + (hash_val % (domain->hash_size - 2));
+
+      while (1)
+	{
+	  nls_uint32 nstr = W (domain->must_swap, domain->hash_tab[idx]);
+
+	  if (nstr == 0)
+	    /* Hash table entry is empty.  */
+	    return NULL;
+
+	  /* Compare msgid with the original string at index nstr-1.
+	     We compare the lengths with >=, not ==, because plural entries
+	     are represented by strings with an embedded NUL.  */
+	  if (W (domain->must_swap, domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].length) >= len
+	      && (strcmp (msgid,
+			  domain->data + W (domain->must_swap,
+					    domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].offset))
+		  == 0))
+	    {
+	      act = nstr - 1;
+	      goto found;
+	    }
+
+	  if (idx >= domain->hash_size - incr)
+	    idx -= domain->hash_size - incr;
+	  else
+	    idx += incr;
+	}
+      /* NOTREACHED */
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Try the default method:  binary search in the sorted array of
+	 messages.  */
+      size_t top, bottom;
+
+      bottom = 0;
+      top = domain->nstrings;
+      while (bottom < top)
+	{
+	  int cmp_val;
+
+	  act = (bottom + top) / 2;
+	  cmp_val = strcmp (msgid, (domain->data
+				    + W (domain->must_swap,
+					 domain->orig_tab[act].offset)));
+	  if (cmp_val < 0)
+	    top = act;
+	  else if (cmp_val > 0)
+	    bottom = act + 1;
+	  else
+	    goto found;
+	}
+      /* No translation was found.  */
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+ found:
+  /* The translation was found at index ACT.  If we have to convert the
+     string to use a different character set, this is the time.  */
+  result = ((char *) domain->data
+	    + W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].offset));
+  resultlen = W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].length) + 1;
+
+#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV
+  if (domain->codeset_cntr
+      != (domainbinding != NULL ? domainbinding->codeset_cntr : 0))
+    {
+      /* The domain's codeset has changed through bind_textdomain_codeset()
+	 since the message catalog was initialized or last accessed.  We
+	 have to reinitialize the converter.  */
+      _nl_free_domain_conv (domain);
+      _nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding);
+    }
+
+  if (
+# ifdef _LIBC
+      domain->conv != (__gconv_t) -1
+# else
+#  if HAVE_ICONV
+      domain->conv != (iconv_t) -1
+#  endif
+# endif
+      )
+    {
+      /* We are supposed to do a conversion.  First allocate an
+	 appropriate table with the same structure as the table
+	 of translations in the file, where we can put the pointers
+	 to the converted strings in.
+	 There is a slight complication with plural entries.  They
+	 are represented by consecutive NUL terminated strings.  We
+	 handle this case by converting RESULTLEN bytes, including
+	 NULs.  */
+
+      if (domain->conv_tab == NULL
+	  && ((domain->conv_tab = (char **) calloc (domain->nstrings,
+						    sizeof (char *)))
+	      == NULL))
+	/* Mark that we didn't succeed allocating a table.  */
+	domain->conv_tab = (char **) -1;
+
+      if (__builtin_expect (domain->conv_tab == (char **) -1, 0))
+	/* Nothing we can do, no more memory.  */
+	goto converted;
+
+      if (domain->conv_tab[act] == NULL)
+	{
+	  /* We haven't used this string so far, so it is not
+	     translated yet.  Do this now.  */
+	  /* We use a bit more efficient memory handling.
+	     We allocate always larger blocks which get used over
+	     time.  This is faster than many small allocations.   */
+	  __libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock)
+# define INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE	4080
+	  static unsigned char *freemem;
+	  static size_t freemem_size;
+
+	  const unsigned char *inbuf;
+	  unsigned char *outbuf;
+	  int malloc_count;
+# ifndef _LIBC
+	  transmem_block_t *transmem_list = NULL;
+# endif
+
+	  __libc_lock_lock (lock);
+
+	  inbuf = (const unsigned char *) result;
+	  outbuf = freemem + sizeof (size_t);
+
+	  malloc_count = 0;
+	  while (1)
+	    {
+	      transmem_block_t *newmem;
+# ifdef _LIBC
+	      size_t non_reversible;
+	      int res;
+
+	      if (freemem_size < sizeof (size_t))
+		goto resize_freemem;
+
+	      res = __gconv (domain->conv,
+			     &inbuf, inbuf + resultlen,
+			     &outbuf,
+			     outbuf + freemem_size - sizeof (size_t),
+			     &non_reversible);
+
+	      if (res == __GCONV_OK || res == __GCONV_EMPTY_INPUT)
+		break;
+
+	      if (res != __GCONV_FULL_OUTPUT)
+		{
+		  __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
+		  goto converted;
+		}
+
+	      inbuf = result;
+# else
+#  if HAVE_ICONV
+	      const char *inptr = (const char *) inbuf;
+	      size_t inleft = resultlen;
+	      char *outptr = (char *) outbuf;
+	      size_t outleft;
+
+	      if (freemem_size < sizeof (size_t))
+		goto resize_freemem;
+
+	      outleft = freemem_size - sizeof (size_t);
+	      if (iconv (domain->conv,
+			 (ICONV_CONST char **) &inptr, &inleft,
+			 &outptr, &outleft)
+		  != (size_t) (-1))
+		{
+		  outbuf = (unsigned char *) outptr;
+		  break;
+		}
+	      if (errno != E2BIG)
+		{
+		  __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
+		  goto converted;
+		}
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+	    resize_freemem:
+	      /* We must allocate a new buffer or resize the old one.  */
+	      if (malloc_count > 0)
+		{
+		  ++malloc_count;
+		  freemem_size = malloc_count * INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE;
+		  newmem = (transmem_block_t *) realloc (transmem_list,
+							 freemem_size);
+# ifdef _LIBC
+		  if (newmem != NULL)
+		    transmem_list = transmem_list->next;
+		  else
+		    {
+		      struct transmem_list *old = transmem_list;
+
+		      transmem_list = transmem_list->next;
+		      free (old);
+		    }
+# endif
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  malloc_count = 1;
+		  freemem_size = INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE;
+		  newmem = (transmem_block_t *) malloc (freemem_size);
+		}
+	      if (__builtin_expect (newmem == NULL, 0))
+		{
+		  freemem = NULL;
+		  freemem_size = 0;
+		  __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
+		  goto converted;
+		}
+
+# ifdef _LIBC
+	      /* Add the block to the list of blocks we have to free
+                 at some point.  */
+	      newmem->next = transmem_list;
+	      transmem_list = newmem;
+
+	      freemem = newmem->data;
+	      freemem_size -= offsetof (struct transmem_list, data);
+# else
+	      transmem_list = newmem;
+	      freemem = newmem;
+# endif
+
+	      outbuf = freemem + sizeof (size_t);
+	    }
+
+	  /* We have now in our buffer a converted string.  Put this
+	     into the table of conversions.  */
+	  *(size_t *) freemem = outbuf - freemem - sizeof (size_t);
+	  domain->conv_tab[act] = (char *) freemem;
+	  /* Shrink freemem, but keep it aligned.  */
+	  freemem_size -= outbuf - freemem;
+	  freemem = outbuf;
+	  freemem += freemem_size & (alignof (size_t) - 1);
+	  freemem_size = freemem_size & ~ (alignof (size_t) - 1);
+
+	  __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
+	}
+
+      /* Now domain->conv_tab[act] contains the translation of all
+	 the plural variants.  */
+      result = domain->conv_tab[act] + sizeof (size_t);
+      resultlen = *(size_t *) domain->conv_tab[act];
+    }
+
+ converted:
+  /* The result string is converted.  */
+
+#endif /* _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV */
+
+  *lengthp = resultlen;
+  return result;
+}
+
+
+/* Look up a plural variant.  */
+static char *
+internal_function
+plural_lookup (domain, n, translation, translation_len)
+     struct loaded_l10nfile *domain;
+     unsigned long int n;
+     const char *translation;
+     size_t translation_len;
+{
+  struct loaded_domain *domaindata = (struct loaded_domain *) domain->data;
+  unsigned long int index;
+  const char *p;
+
+  index = plural_eval (domaindata->plural, n);
+  if (index >= domaindata->nplurals)
+    /* This should never happen.  It means the plural expression and the
+       given maximum value do not match.  */
+    index = 0;
+
+  /* Skip INDEX strings at TRANSLATION.  */
+  p = translation;
+  while (index-- > 0)
+    {
+#ifdef _LIBC
+      p = __rawmemchr (p, '\0');
+#else
+      p = strchr (p, '\0');
+#endif
+      /* And skip over the NUL byte.  */
+      p++;
+
+      if (p >= translation + translation_len)
+	/* This should never happen.  It means the plural expression
+	   evaluated to a value larger than the number of variants
+	   available for MSGID1.  */
+	return (char *) translation;
+    }
+  return (char *) p;
+}
+
+
+/* Function to evaluate the plural expression and return an index value.  */
+static unsigned long int
+internal_function
+plural_eval (pexp, n)
+     struct expression *pexp;
+     unsigned long int n;
+{
+  switch (pexp->nargs)
+    {
+    case 0:
+      switch (pexp->operation)
+	{
+	case var:
+	  return n;
+	case num:
+	  return pexp->val.num;
+	default:
+	  break;
+	}
+      /* NOTREACHED */
+      break;
+    case 1:
+      {
+	/* pexp->operation must be lnot.  */
+	unsigned long int arg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
+	return ! arg;
+      }
+    case 2:
+      {
+	unsigned long int leftarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
+	if (pexp->operation == lor)
+	  return leftarg || plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
+	else if (pexp->operation == land)
+	  return leftarg && plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
+	else
+	  {
+	    unsigned long int rightarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
+
+	    switch (pexp->operation)
+	      {
+	      case mult:
+		return leftarg * rightarg;
+	      case divide:
+		return leftarg / rightarg;
+	      case module:
+		return leftarg % rightarg;
+	      case plus:
+		return leftarg + rightarg;
+	      case minus:
+		return leftarg - rightarg;
+	      case less_than:
+		return leftarg < rightarg;
+	      case greater_than:
+		return leftarg > rightarg;
+	      case less_or_equal:
+		return leftarg <= rightarg;
+	      case greater_or_equal:
+		return leftarg >= rightarg;
+	      case equal:
+		return leftarg == rightarg;
+	      case not_equal:
+		return leftarg != rightarg;
+	      default:
+		break;
+	      }
+	  }
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+	break;
+      }
+    case 3:
+      {
+	/* pexp->operation must be qmop.  */
+	unsigned long int boolarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
+	return plural_eval (pexp->val.args[boolarg ? 1 : 2], n);
+      }
+    }
+  /* NOTREACHED */
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* Return string representation of locale CATEGORY.  */
+static const char *
+internal_function
+category_to_name (category)
+     int category;
+{
+  const char *retval;
+
+  switch (category)
+  {
+#ifdef LC_COLLATE
+  case LC_COLLATE:
+    retval = "LC_COLLATE";
+    break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_CTYPE
+  case LC_CTYPE:
+    retval = "LC_CTYPE";
+    break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_MONETARY
+  case LC_MONETARY:
+    retval = "LC_MONETARY";
+    break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_NUMERIC
+  case LC_NUMERIC:
+    retval = "LC_NUMERIC";
+    break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_TIME
+  case LC_TIME:
+    retval = "LC_TIME";
+    break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_MESSAGES
+  case LC_MESSAGES:
+    retval = "LC_MESSAGES";
+    break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_RESPONSE
+  case LC_RESPONSE:
+    retval = "LC_RESPONSE";
+    break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_ALL
+  case LC_ALL:
+    /* This might not make sense but is perhaps better than any other
+       value.  */
+    retval = "LC_ALL";
+    break;
+#endif
+  default:
+    /* If you have a better idea for a default value let me know.  */
+    retval = "LC_XXX";
+  }
+
+  return retval;
+}
+
+/* Guess value of current locale from value of the environment variables.  */
+static const char *
+internal_function
+guess_category_value (category, categoryname)
+     int category;
+     const char *categoryname;
+{
+  const char *language;
+  const char *retval;
+
+  /* The highest priority value is the `LANGUAGE' environment
+     variable.  But we don't use the value if the currently selected
+     locale is the C locale.  This is a GNU extension.  */
+  language = getenv ("LANGUAGE");
+  if (language != NULL && language[0] == '\0')
+    language = NULL;
+
+  /* We have to proceed with the POSIX methods of looking to `LC_ALL',
+     `LC_xxx', and `LANG'.  On some systems this can be done by the
+     `setlocale' function itself.  */
+#if defined _LIBC || (defined HAVE_SETLOCALE && defined HAVE_LC_MESSAGES && defined HAVE_LOCALE_NULL)
+  retval = setlocale (category, NULL);
+#else
+  /* Setting of LC_ALL overwrites all other.  */
+  retval = getenv ("LC_ALL");
+  if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
+    {
+      /* Next comes the name of the desired category.  */
+      retval = getenv (categoryname);
+      if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
+	{
+	  /* Last possibility is the LANG environment variable.  */
+	  retval = getenv ("LANG");
+	  if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0')
+	    /* We use C as the default domain.  POSIX says this is
+	       implementation defined.  */
+	    return "C";
+	}
+    }
+#endif
+
+  return language != NULL && strcmp (retval, "C") != 0 ? language : retval;
+}
+
+/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
+
+/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library.  So we
+   avoid the non-standard function stpcpy.  In GNU C Library this
+   function is available, though.  Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
+   to be defined.  */
+#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
+static char *
+stpcpy (dest, src)
+     char *dest;
+     const char *src;
+{
+  while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
+    /* Do nothing. */ ;
+  return dest - 1;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_MEMPCPY
+static void *
+mempcpy (dest, src, n)
+     void *dest;
+     const void *src;
+     size_t n;
+{
+  return (void *) ((char *) memcpy (dest, src, n) + n);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* If we want to free all resources we have to do some work at
+   program's end.  */
+static void __attribute__ ((unused))
+free_mem (void)
+{
+  void *old;
+
+  while (_nl_domain_bindings != NULL)
+    {
+      struct binding *oldp = _nl_domain_bindings;
+      _nl_domain_bindings = _nl_domain_bindings->next;
+      if (oldp->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
+	/* Yes, this is a pointer comparison.  */
+	free (oldp->dirname);
+      free (oldp->codeset);
+      free (oldp);
+    }
+
+  if (_nl_current_default_domain != _nl_default_default_domain)
+    /* Yes, again a pointer comparison.  */
+    free ((char *) _nl_current_default_domain);
+
+  /* Remove the search tree with the known translations.  */
+  __tdestroy (root, free);
+  root = NULL;
+
+  while (transmem_list != NULL)
+    {
+      old = transmem_list;
+      transmem_list = transmem_list->next;
+      free (old);
+    }
+}
+
+text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem);
+#endif
diff --git a/intl/dcngettext.c b/intl/dcngettext.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e5da2577
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/dcngettext.c
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/* Implementation of the dcngettext(3) function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
+# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
+#else
+# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__
+# define DCIGETTEXT dcigettext__
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
+   locale.  */
+char *
+DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *msgid1;
+     const char *msgid2;
+     unsigned long int n;
+     int category;
+{
+  return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, 1, n, category);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__dcngettext, dcngettext);
+#endif
diff --git a/intl/dgettext.c b/intl/dgettext.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c5130411
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/dgettext.c
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/* Implementation of the dgettext(3) function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DGETTEXT __dgettext
+# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
+#else
+# define DGETTEXT dgettext__
+# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale.  */
+char *
+DGETTEXT (domainname, msgid)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *msgid;
+{
+  return DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__dgettext, dgettext);
+#endif
diff --git a/intl/dngettext.c b/intl/dngettext.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..79aaa9ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/dngettext.c
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/* Implementation of the dngettext(3) function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DNGETTEXT __dngettext
+# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
+#else
+# define DNGETTEXT dngettext__
+# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale and skip message according to the plural form.  */
+char *
+DNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *msgid1;
+     const char *msgid2;
+     unsigned long int n;
+{
+  return DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__dngettext, dngettext);
+#endif
diff --git a/intl/explodename.c b/intl/explodename.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c4ddcc41
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/explodename.c
@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include "loadinfo.h"
+
+/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found.  Sigh!  */
+#ifndef NULL
+# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+#  define NULL ((void *) 0)
+# else
+#  define NULL 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+char *
+_nl_find_language (name)
+     const char *name;
+{
+  while (name[0] != '\0' && name[0] != '_' && name[0] != '@'
+	 && name[0] != '+' && name[0] != ',')
+    ++name;
+
+  return (char *) name;
+}
+
+
+int
+_nl_explode_name (name, language, modifier, territory, codeset,
+		  normalized_codeset, special, sponsor, revision)
+     char *name;
+     const char **language;
+     const char **modifier;
+     const char **territory;
+     const char **codeset;
+     const char **normalized_codeset;
+     const char **special;
+     const char **sponsor;
+     const char **revision;
+{
+  enum { undecided, xpg, cen } syntax;
+  char *cp;
+  int mask;
+
+  *modifier = NULL;
+  *territory = NULL;
+  *codeset = NULL;
+  *normalized_codeset = NULL;
+  *special = NULL;
+  *sponsor = NULL;
+  *revision = NULL;
+
+  /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name.  First
+     look for the language.  Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if
+     we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax.  */
+  mask = 0;
+  syntax = undecided;
+  *language = cp = name;
+  cp = _nl_find_language (*language);
+
+  if (*language == cp)
+    /* This does not make sense: language has to be specified.  Use
+       this entry as it is without exploding.  Perhaps it is an alias.  */
+    cp = strchr (*language, '\0');
+  else if (cp[0] == '_')
+    {
+      /* Next is the territory.  */
+      cp[0] = '\0';
+      *territory = ++cp;
+
+      while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '.' && cp[0] != '@'
+	     && cp[0] != '+' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
+	++cp;
+
+      mask |= TERRITORY;
+
+      if (cp[0] == '.')
+	{
+	  /* Next is the codeset.  */
+	  syntax = xpg;
+	  cp[0] = '\0';
+	  *codeset = ++cp;
+
+	  while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '@')
+	    ++cp;
+
+	  mask |= XPG_CODESET;
+
+	  if (*codeset != cp && (*codeset)[0] != '\0')
+	    {
+	      *normalized_codeset = _nl_normalize_codeset (*codeset,
+							   cp - *codeset);
+	      if (strcmp (*codeset, *normalized_codeset) == 0)
+		free ((char *) *normalized_codeset);
+	      else
+		mask |= XPG_NORM_CODESET;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (cp[0] == '@' || (syntax != xpg && cp[0] == '+'))
+    {
+      /* Next is the modifier.  */
+      syntax = cp[0] == '@' ? xpg : cen;
+      cp[0] = '\0';
+      *modifier = ++cp;
+
+      while (syntax == cen && cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '+'
+	     && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
+	++cp;
+
+      mask |= XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE;
+    }
+
+  if (syntax != xpg && (cp[0] == '+' || cp[0] == ',' || cp[0] == '_'))
+    {
+      syntax = cen;
+
+      if (cp[0] == '+')
+	{
+ 	  /* Next is special application (CEN syntax).  */
+	  cp[0] = '\0';
+	  *special = ++cp;
+
+	  while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
+	    ++cp;
+
+	  mask |= CEN_SPECIAL;
+	}
+
+      if (cp[0] == ',')
+	{
+ 	  /* Next is sponsor (CEN syntax).  */
+	  cp[0] = '\0';
+	  *sponsor = ++cp;
+
+	  while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '_')
+	    ++cp;
+
+	  mask |= CEN_SPONSOR;
+	}
+
+      if (cp[0] == '_')
+	{
+ 	  /* Next is revision (CEN syntax).  */
+	  cp[0] = '\0';
+	  *revision = ++cp;
+
+	  mask |= CEN_REVISION;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* For CEN syntax values it might be important to have the
+     separator character in the file name, not for XPG syntax.  */
+  if (syntax == xpg)
+    {
+      if (*territory != NULL && (*territory)[0] == '\0')
+	mask &= ~TERRITORY;
+
+      if (*codeset != NULL && (*codeset)[0] == '\0')
+	mask &= ~XPG_CODESET;
+
+      if (*modifier != NULL && (*modifier)[0] == '\0')
+	mask &= ~XPG_MODIFIER;
+    }
+
+  return mask;
+}
diff --git a/intl/finddomain.c b/intl/finddomain.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4882554f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/finddomain.c
@@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
+/* Handle list of needed message catalogs
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.org>, 1995.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+/* List of already loaded domains.  */
+static struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_loaded_domains;
+
+
+/* Return a data structure describing the message catalog described by
+   the DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY parameters with respect to the currently
+   established bindings.  */
+struct loaded_l10nfile *
+internal_function
+_nl_find_domain (dirname, locale, domainname, domainbinding)
+     const char *dirname;
+     char *locale;
+     const char *domainname;
+     struct binding *domainbinding;
+{
+  struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
+  const char *language;
+  const char *modifier;
+  const char *territory;
+  const char *codeset;
+  const char *normalized_codeset;
+  const char *special;
+  const char *sponsor;
+  const char *revision;
+  const char *alias_value;
+  int mask;
+
+  /* LOCALE can consist of up to four recognized parts for the XPG syntax:
+
+		language[_territory[.codeset]][@modifier]
+
+     and six parts for the CEN syntax:
+
+	language[_territory][+audience][+special][,[sponsor][_revision]]
+
+     Beside the first part all of them are allowed to be missing.  If
+     the full specified locale is not found, the less specific one are
+     looked for.  The various parts will be stripped off according to
+     the following order:
+		(1) revision
+		(2) sponsor
+		(3) special
+		(4) codeset
+		(5) normalized codeset
+		(6) territory
+		(7) audience/modifier
+   */
+
+  /* If we have already tested for this locale entry there has to
+     be one data set in the list of loaded domains.  */
+  retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
+			       strlen (dirname) + 1, 0, locale, NULL, NULL,
+			       NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, domainname, 0);
+  if (retval != NULL)
+    {
+      /* We know something about this locale.  */
+      int cnt;
+
+      if (retval->decided == 0)
+	_nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding);
+
+      if (retval->data != NULL)
+	return retval;
+
+      for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
+	{
+	  if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0)
+	    _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding);
+
+	  if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
+	    break;
+	}
+      return cnt >= 0 ? retval : NULL;
+      /* NOTREACHED */
+    }
+
+  /* See whether the locale value is an alias.  If yes its value
+     *overwrites* the alias name.  No test for the original value is
+     done.  */
+  alias_value = _nl_expand_alias (locale);
+  if (alias_value != NULL)
+    {
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+      locale = strdup (alias_value);
+      if (locale == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+#else
+      size_t len = strlen (alias_value) + 1;
+      locale = (char *) malloc (len);
+      if (locale == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+
+      memcpy (locale, alias_value, len);
+#endif
+    }
+
+  /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name.  First
+     look for the language.  Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if
+     we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax.  */
+  mask = _nl_explode_name (locale, &language, &modifier, &territory,
+			   &codeset, &normalized_codeset, &special,
+			   &sponsor, &revision);
+
+  /* Create all possible locale entries which might be interested in
+     generalization.  */
+  retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
+			       strlen (dirname) + 1, mask, language, territory,
+			       codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
+			       sponsor, revision, domainname, 1);
+  if (retval == NULL)
+    /* This means we are out of core.  */
+    return NULL;
+
+  if (retval->decided == 0)
+    _nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding);
+  if (retval->data == NULL)
+    {
+      int cnt;
+      for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
+	{
+	  if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0)
+	    _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding);
+	  if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* The room for an alias was dynamically allocated.  Free it now.  */
+  if (alias_value != NULL)
+    free (locale);
+
+  /* The space for normalized_codeset is dynamically allocated.  Free it.  */
+  if (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET)
+    free ((void *) normalized_codeset);
+
+  return retval;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+static void __attribute__ ((unused))
+free_mem (void)
+{
+  struct loaded_l10nfile *runp = _nl_loaded_domains;
+
+  while (runp != NULL)
+    {
+      struct loaded_l10nfile *here = runp;
+      if (runp->data != NULL)
+	_nl_unload_domain ((struct loaded_domain *) runp->data);
+      runp = runp->next;
+      free ((char *) here->filename);
+      free (here);
+    }
+}
+
+text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem);
+#endif
diff --git a/intl/gettext.c b/intl/gettext.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a6402055
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/gettext.c
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/* Implementation of gettext(3) function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define __need_NULL
+# include <stddef.h>
+#else
+# include <stdlib.h>		/* Just for NULL.  */
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define GETTEXT __gettext
+# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
+#else
+# define GETTEXT gettext__
+# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale.  If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
+   text).  */
+char *
+GETTEXT (msgid)
+     const char *msgid;
+{
+  return DCGETTEXT (NULL, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__gettext, gettext);
+#endif
diff --git a/intl/gettext.h b/intl/gettext.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..eb588907
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/gettext.h
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+/* Description of GNU message catalog format: general file layout.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _GETTEXT_H
+#define _GETTEXT_H 1
+
+#if HAVE_LIMITS_H || _LIBC
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* The magic number of the GNU message catalog format.  */
+#define _MAGIC 0x950412de
+#define _MAGIC_SWAPPED 0xde120495
+
+/* Revision number of the currently used .mo (binary) file format.  */
+#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER 0
+
+/* The following contortions are an attempt to use the C preprocessor
+   to determine an unsigned integral type that is 32 bits wide.  An
+   alternative approach is to use autoconf's AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro, but
+   as of version autoconf-2.13, the AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro doesn't work
+   when cross-compiling.  */
+
+#if __STDC__
+# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 4294967295U
+#else
+# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 0xFFFFFFFF
+#endif
+
+/* If UINT_MAX isn't defined, assume it's a 32-bit type.
+   This should be valid for all systems GNU cares about because
+   that doesn't include 16-bit systems, and only modern systems
+   (that certainly have <limits.h>) have 64+-bit integral types.  */
+
+#ifndef UINT_MAX
+# define UINT_MAX UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+#endif
+
+#if UINT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+typedef unsigned nls_uint32;
+#else
+# if USHRT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+typedef unsigned short nls_uint32;
+# else
+#  if ULONG_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+typedef unsigned long nls_uint32;
+#  else
+  /* The following line is intended to throw an error.  Using #error is
+     not portable enough.  */
+  "Cannot determine unsigned 32-bit data type."
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Header for binary .mo file format.  */
+struct mo_file_header
+{
+  /* The magic number.  */
+  nls_uint32 magic;
+  /* The revision number of the file format.  */
+  nls_uint32 revision;
+  /* The number of strings pairs.  */
+  nls_uint32 nstrings;
+  /* Offset of table with start offsets of original strings.  */
+  nls_uint32 orig_tab_offset;
+  /* Offset of table with start offsets of translation strings.  */
+  nls_uint32 trans_tab_offset;
+  /* Size of hashing table.  */
+  nls_uint32 hash_tab_size;
+  /* Offset of first hashing entry.  */
+  nls_uint32 hash_tab_offset;
+};
+
+struct string_desc
+{
+  /* Length of addressed string.  */
+  nls_uint32 length;
+  /* Offset of string in file.  */
+  nls_uint32 offset;
+};
+
+/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
+
+#endif	/* gettext.h  */
diff --git a/intl/gettextP.h b/intl/gettextP.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ee8ca48e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/gettextP.h
@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
+/* Header describing internals of libintl library.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _GETTEXTP_H
+#define _GETTEXTP_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>		/* Get size_t.  */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include "../iconv/gconv_int.h"
+#else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+#  include <iconv.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include "loadinfo.h"
+
+#include "gettext.h"		/* Get nls_uint32.  */
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if __STDC__
+#  define PARAMS(args) args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef internal_function
+# define internal_function
+#endif
+
+/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is
+   almost always true or almost always false.  */
+#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT
+# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef W
+# define W(flag, data) ((flag) ? SWAP (data) : (data))
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <byteswap.h>
+# define SWAP(i) bswap_32 (i)
+#else
+static inline nls_uint32
+SWAP (i)
+     nls_uint32 i;
+{
+  return (i << 24) | ((i & 0xff00) << 8) | ((i >> 8) & 0xff00) | (i >> 24);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/* This is the representation of the expressions to determine the
+   plural form.  */
+struct expression
+{
+  int nargs;			/* Number of arguments.  */
+  enum operator
+  {
+    /* Without arguments:  */
+    var,			/* The variable "n".  */
+    num,			/* Decimal number.  */
+    /* Unary operators:  */
+    lnot,			/* Logical NOT.  */
+    /* Binary operators:  */
+    mult,			/* Multiplication.  */
+    divide,			/* Division.  */
+    module,			/* Module operation.  */
+    plus,			/* Addition.  */
+    minus,			/* Subtraction.  */
+    less_than,			/* Comparison.  */
+    greater_than,		/* Comparison.  */
+    less_or_equal,		/* Comparison.  */
+    greater_or_equal,		/* Comparison.  */
+    equal,			/* Comparision for equality.  */
+    not_equal,			/* Comparision for inequality.  */
+    land,			/* Logical AND.  */
+    lor,			/* Logical OR.  */
+    /* Ternary operators:  */
+    qmop			/* Question mark operator.  */
+  } operation;
+  union
+  {
+    unsigned long int num;	/* Number value for `num'.  */
+    struct expression *args[3];	/* Up to three arguments.  */
+  } val;
+};
+
+/* This is the data structure to pass information to the parser and get
+   the result in a thread-safe way.  */
+struct parse_args
+{
+  const char *cp;
+  struct expression *res;
+};
+
+
+/* The representation of an opened message catalog.  */
+struct loaded_domain
+{
+  const char *data;
+  int use_mmap;
+  size_t mmap_size;
+  int must_swap;
+  nls_uint32 nstrings;
+  struct string_desc *orig_tab;
+  struct string_desc *trans_tab;
+  nls_uint32 hash_size;
+  nls_uint32 *hash_tab;
+  int codeset_cntr;
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  __gconv_t conv;
+#else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+  iconv_t conv;
+# endif
+#endif
+  char **conv_tab;
+
+  struct expression *plural;
+  unsigned long int nplurals;
+};
+
+/* We want to allocate a string at the end of the struct.  But ISO C
+   doesn't allow zero sized arrays.  */
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# define ZERO 0
+#else
+# define ZERO 1
+#endif
+
+/* A set of settings bound to a message domain.  Used to store settings
+   from bindtextdomain() and bind_textdomain_codeset().  */
+struct binding
+{
+  struct binding *next;
+  char *dirname;
+  int codeset_cntr;	/* Incremented each time codeset changes.  */
+  char *codeset;
+  char domainname[ZERO];
+};
+
+/* A counter which is incremented each time some previous translations
+   become invalid.
+   This variable is part of the external ABI of the GNU libintl.  */
+extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+
+struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_find_domain PARAMS ((const char *__dirname,
+						 char *__locale,
+						 const char *__domainname,
+					      struct binding *__domainbinding))
+     internal_function;
+void _nl_load_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain,
+			      struct binding *__domainbinding))
+     internal_function;
+void _nl_unload_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain))
+     internal_function;
+const char *_nl_init_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain_file,
+					  struct loaded_domain *__domain,
+					  struct binding *__domainbinding))
+     internal_function;
+void _nl_free_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain))
+     internal_function;
+
+char *_nl_find_msg PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
+			    struct binding *domainbinding,
+			    const char *msgid, size_t *lengthp))
+     internal_function;
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+extern char *__gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
+extern char *__dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				 const char *__msgid));
+extern char *__dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				  const char *__msgid, int __category));
+extern char *__ngettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+				 unsigned long int __n));
+extern char *__dngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				  const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+				  unsigned long int n));
+extern char *__dcngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				   const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+				   unsigned long int __n, int __category));
+extern char *__dcigettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				   const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+				   int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
+				   int __category));
+extern char *__textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
+extern char *__bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				       const char *__dirname));
+extern char *__bind_textdomain_codeset PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+						const char *__codeset));
+#else
+extern char *gettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
+extern char *dgettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				 const char *__msgid));
+extern char *dcgettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				  const char *__msgid, int __category));
+extern char *ngettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+				 unsigned long int __n));
+extern char *dngettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				  const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+				  unsigned long int __n));
+extern char *dcngettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				   const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+				   unsigned long int __n, int __category));
+extern char *dcigettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				   const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+				   int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
+				   int __category));
+extern char *textdomain__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
+extern char *bindtextdomain__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				       const char *__dirname));
+extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+						const char *__codeset));
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+extern void __gettext_free_exp PARAMS ((struct expression *exp))
+     internal_function;
+extern int __gettextparse PARAMS ((void *arg));
+#else
+extern void gettext_free_exp__ PARAMS ((struct expression *exp))
+     internal_function;
+extern int gettextparse__ PARAMS ((void *arg));
+#endif
+
+/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
+
+#endif /* gettextP.h  */
diff --git a/intl/hash-string.h b/intl/hash-string.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..37d4ce1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/hash-string.h
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/* Description of GNU message catalog format: string hashing function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if __STDC__
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* We assume to have `unsigned long int' value with at least 32 bits.  */
+#define HASHWORDBITS 32
+
+
+/* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger
+   [see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools,
+   1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.]  */
+static unsigned long int hash_string PARAMS ((const char *__str_param));
+
+static inline unsigned long int
+hash_string (str_param)
+     const char *str_param;
+{
+  unsigned long int hval, g;
+  const char *str = str_param;
+
+  /* Compute the hash value for the given string.  */
+  hval = 0;
+  while (*str != '\0')
+    {
+      hval <<= 4;
+      hval += (unsigned long int) *str++;
+      g = hval & ((unsigned long int) 0xf << (HASHWORDBITS - 4));
+      if (g != 0)
+	{
+	  hval ^= g >> (HASHWORDBITS - 8);
+	  hval ^= g;
+	}
+    }
+  return hval;
+}
diff --git a/intl/intl-compat.c b/intl/intl-compat.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b8edaa17
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/intl-compat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
+/* intl-compat.c - Stub functions to call gettext functions from GNU gettext
+   Library.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 2000, 2001 Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "libgnuintl.h"
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* This file redirects the gettext functions (without prefix or suffix) to
+   those defined in the included GNU gettext library (with "__" suffix).
+   It is compiled into libintl when the included GNU gettext library is
+   configured --with-included-gettext.
+
+   This redirection works also in the case that the system C library or
+   the system libintl library contain gettext/textdomain/... functions.
+   If it didn't, we would need to add preprocessor level redirections to
+   libgnuintl.h of the following form:
+
+#    define gettext gettext__
+#    define dgettext dgettext__
+#    define dcgettext dcgettext__
+#    define ngettext ngettext__
+#    define dngettext dngettext__
+#    define dcngettext dcngettext__
+#    define textdomain textdomain__
+#    define bindtextdomain bindtextdomain__
+#    define bind_textdomain_codeset bind_textdomain_codeset__
+
+   How does this redirection work? There are two cases.
+   A. When libintl.a is linked into an executable, it works because
+      functions defined in the executable always override functions in
+      the shared libraries.
+   B. When libintl.so is used, it works because
+      1. those systems defining gettext/textdomain/... in the C library
+         (namely, Solaris 2.4 and newer, and GNU libc 2.0 and newer) are
+         ELF systems and define these symbols as weak, thus explicitly
+         letting other shared libraries override it.
+      2. those systems defining gettext/textdomain/... in a standalone
+         libintl.so library (namely, Solaris 2.3 and newer) have this
+         shared library in /usr/lib, and the linker will search /usr/lib
+         *after* the directory where the GNU gettext library is installed.
+
+   A third case, namely when libintl.a is linked into a shared library
+   whose name is not libintl.so, is not supported. In this case, on
+   Solaris, when -lintl precedes the linker option for the shared library
+   containing GNU gettext, the system's gettext would indeed override
+   the GNU gettext. Anyone doing this kind of stuff must be clever enough
+   to 1. compile libintl.a with -fPIC, 2. remove -lintl from his linker
+   command line.  */
+
+
+#undef gettext
+#undef dgettext
+#undef dcgettext
+#undef ngettext
+#undef dngettext
+#undef dcngettext
+#undef textdomain
+#undef bindtextdomain
+#undef bind_textdomain_codeset
+
+
+char *
+gettext (msgid)
+     const char *msgid;
+{
+  return gettext__ (msgid);
+}
+
+
+char *
+dgettext (domainname, msgid)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *msgid;
+{
+  return dgettext__ (domainname, msgid);
+}
+
+
+char *
+dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *msgid;
+     int category;
+{
+  return dcgettext__ (domainname, msgid, category);
+}
+
+
+char *
+ngettext (msgid1, msgid2, n)
+     const char *msgid1;
+     const char *msgid2;
+     unsigned long int n;
+{
+  return ngettext__ (msgid1, msgid2, n);
+}
+
+
+char *
+dngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *msgid1;
+     const char *msgid2;
+     unsigned long int n;
+{
+  return dngettext__ (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n);
+}
+
+
+char *
+dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *msgid1;
+     const char *msgid2;
+     unsigned long int n;
+     int category;
+{
+  return dcngettext__ (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category);
+}
+
+
+char *
+textdomain (domainname)
+     const char *domainname;
+{
+  return textdomain__ (domainname);
+}
+
+
+char *
+bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *dirname;
+{
+  return bindtextdomain__ (domainname, dirname);
+}
+
+
+char *
+bind_textdomain_codeset (domainname, codeset)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *codeset;
+{
+  return bind_textdomain_codeset__ (domainname, codeset);
+}
diff --git a/intl/intlh.inst.in b/intl/intlh.inst.in
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..62d323cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/intlh.inst.in
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/* Message catalogs for internationalization.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBINTL_H
+#define _LIBINTL_H	1
+
+@INCLUDE_LOCALE_H@
+
+/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
+   implementation of gettext.  */
+#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if __STDC__
+#  define PARAMS(args) args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale.  If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
+   text).  */
+extern char *gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale.  */
+extern char *dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid));
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
+   locale.  */
+extern char *dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
+				int __category));
+
+
+/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
+   If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
+   If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages".  */
+extern char *textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
+
+/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
+   in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base.  */
+extern char *bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				     const char *__dirname));
+
+
+/* Optimized version of the functions above.  */
+#if defined __OPTIMIZED
+/* These must be a macro.  Inlined functions are useless because the
+   `__builtin_constant_p' predicate in dcgettext would always return
+   false.  */
+
+# define gettext(msgid) dgettext ((char *) 0, msgid)
+
+# define dgettext(domainname, msgid)					      \
+  dcgettext (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+
+# if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7)
+/* This global variable is defined in loadmsgcat.c.  We need a sign,
+   whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated with all
+   translations.  */
+extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+
+#  define dcgettext(domainname, msgid, category)			      \
+  (__extension__							      \
+   ({									      \
+     char *__result;							      \
+     if (__builtin_constant_p (msgid))					      \
+       {								      \
+	 static char *__translation__;					      \
+	 static int __catalog_counter__;				      \
+	 if (! __translation__ || __catalog_counter__ != _nl_msg_cat_cntr)    \
+	   {								      \
+	     __translation__ =						      \
+	       (dcgettext) ((domainname), (msgid), (category));		      \
+	     __catalog_counter__ = _nl_msg_cat_cntr;			      \
+	   }								      \
+	 __result = __translation__;					      \
+       }								      \
+     else								      \
+       __result = (dcgettext) ((domainname), (msgid), (category));	      \
+     __result;								      \
+    }))
+# endif
+#endif /* Optimizing. */
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* libintl.h */
diff --git a/intl/l10nflist.c b/intl/l10nflist.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..557253eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/l10nflist.c
@@ -0,0 +1,404 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for stpcpy().
+   This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
+   <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late.  */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE	1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <string.h>
+#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
+# ifndef strchr
+#  define strchr index
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_ARGZ_H
+# include <argz.h>
+#endif
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include "loadinfo.h"
+
+/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found.  Sigh!  */
+#ifndef NULL
+# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+#  define NULL ((void *) 0)
+# else
+#  define NULL 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Rename the non ANSI C functions.  This is required by the standard
+   because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
+   file and the name space must not be polluted.  */
+# ifndef stpcpy
+#  define stpcpy(dest, src) __stpcpy(dest, src)
+# endif
+#else
+# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY
+static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Define function which are usually not available.  */
+
+#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT
+/* Returns the number of strings in ARGZ.  */
+static size_t argz_count__ PARAMS ((const char *argz, size_t len));
+
+static size_t
+argz_count__ (argz, len)
+     const char *argz;
+     size_t len;
+{
+  size_t count = 0;
+  while (len > 0)
+    {
+      size_t part_len = strlen (argz);
+      argz += part_len + 1;
+      len -= part_len + 1;
+      count++;
+    }
+  return count;
+}
+# undef __argz_count
+# define __argz_count(argz, len) argz_count__ (argz, len)
+#endif	/* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT */
+
+#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY
+/* Make '\0' separated arg vector ARGZ printable by converting all the '\0's
+   except the last into the character SEP.  */
+static void argz_stringify__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t len, int sep));
+
+static void
+argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
+     char *argz;
+     size_t len;
+     int sep;
+{
+  while (len > 0)
+    {
+      size_t part_len = strlen (argz);
+      argz += part_len;
+      len -= part_len + 1;
+      if (len > 0)
+	*argz++ = sep;
+    }
+}
+# undef __argz_stringify
+# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
+#endif	/* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY */
+
+#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT
+static char *argz_next__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t argz_len,
+				  const char *entry));
+
+static char *
+argz_next__ (argz, argz_len, entry)
+     char *argz;
+     size_t argz_len;
+     const char *entry;
+{
+  if (entry)
+    {
+      if (entry < argz + argz_len)
+        entry = strchr (entry, '\0') + 1;
+
+      return entry >= argz + argz_len ? NULL : (char *) entry;
+    }
+  else
+    if (argz_len > 0)
+      return argz;
+    else
+      return 0;
+}
+# undef __argz_next
+# define __argz_next(argz, len, entry) argz_next__ (argz, len, entry)
+#endif	/* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT */
+
+
+/* Return number of bits set in X.  */
+static int pop PARAMS ((int x));
+
+static inline int
+pop (x)
+     int x;
+{
+  /* We assume that no more than 16 bits are used.  */
+  x = ((x & ~0x5555) >> 1) + (x & 0x5555);
+  x = ((x & ~0x3333) >> 2) + (x & 0x3333);
+  x = ((x >> 4) + x) & 0x0f0f;
+  x = ((x >> 8) + x) & 0xff;
+
+  return x;
+}
+
+
+struct loaded_l10nfile *
+_nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len, mask, language,
+		    territory, codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
+		    sponsor, revision, filename, do_allocate)
+     struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list;
+     const char *dirlist;
+     size_t dirlist_len;
+     int mask;
+     const char *language;
+     const char *territory;
+     const char *codeset;
+     const char *normalized_codeset;
+     const char *modifier;
+     const char *special;
+     const char *sponsor;
+     const char *revision;
+     const char *filename;
+     int do_allocate;
+{
+  char *abs_filename;
+  struct loaded_l10nfile *last = NULL;
+  struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
+  char *cp;
+  size_t entries;
+  int cnt;
+
+  /* Allocate room for the full file name.  */
+  abs_filename = (char *) malloc (dirlist_len
+				  + strlen (language)
+				  + ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0
+				     ? strlen (territory) + 1 : 0)
+				  + ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
+				     ? strlen (codeset) + 1 : 0)
+				  + ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0
+				     ? strlen (normalized_codeset) + 1 : 0)
+				  + (((mask & XPG_MODIFIER) != 0
+				      || (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0)
+				     ? strlen (modifier) + 1 : 0)
+				  + ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0
+				     ? strlen (special) + 1 : 0)
+				  + (((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0
+				      || (mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0)
+				     ? (1 + ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0
+					     ? strlen (sponsor) + 1 : 0)
+					+ ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0
+					   ? strlen (revision) + 1 : 0)) : 0)
+				  + 1 + strlen (filename) + 1);
+
+  if (abs_filename == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  retval = NULL;
+  last = NULL;
+
+  /* Construct file name.  */
+  memcpy (abs_filename, dirlist, dirlist_len);
+  __argz_stringify (abs_filename, dirlist_len, PATH_SEPARATOR);
+  cp = abs_filename + (dirlist_len - 1);
+  *cp++ = '/';
+  cp = stpcpy (cp, language);
+
+  if ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0)
+    {
+      *cp++ = '_';
+      cp = stpcpy (cp, territory);
+    }
+  if ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0)
+    {
+      *cp++ = '.';
+      cp = stpcpy (cp, codeset);
+    }
+  if ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0)
+    {
+      *cp++ = '.';
+      cp = stpcpy (cp, normalized_codeset);
+    }
+  if ((mask & (XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE)) != 0)
+    {
+      /* This component can be part of both syntaces but has different
+	 leading characters.  For CEN we use `+', else `@'.  */
+      *cp++ = (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0 ? '+' : '@';
+      cp = stpcpy (cp, modifier);
+    }
+  if ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0)
+    {
+      *cp++ = '+';
+      cp = stpcpy (cp, special);
+    }
+  if ((mask & (CEN_SPONSOR | CEN_REVISION)) != 0)
+    {
+      *cp++ = ',';
+      if ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0)
+	cp = stpcpy (cp, sponsor);
+      if ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0)
+	{
+	  *cp++ = '_';
+	  cp = stpcpy (cp, revision);
+	}
+    }
+
+  *cp++ = '/';
+  stpcpy (cp, filename);
+
+  /* Look in list of already loaded domains whether it is already
+     available.  */
+  last = NULL;
+  for (retval = *l10nfile_list; retval != NULL; retval = retval->next)
+    if (retval->filename != NULL)
+      {
+	int compare = strcmp (retval->filename, abs_filename);
+	if (compare == 0)
+	  /* We found it!  */
+	  break;
+	if (compare < 0)
+	  {
+	    /* It's not in the list.  */
+	    retval = NULL;
+	    break;
+	  }
+
+	last = retval;
+      }
+
+  if (retval != NULL || do_allocate == 0)
+    {
+      free (abs_filename);
+      return retval;
+    }
+
+  retval = (struct loaded_l10nfile *)
+    malloc (sizeof (*retval) + (__argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len)
+				* (1 << pop (mask))
+				* sizeof (struct loaded_l10nfile *)));
+  if (retval == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  retval->filename = abs_filename;
+  retval->decided = (__argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) != 1
+		     || ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
+			 && (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0));
+  retval->data = NULL;
+
+  if (last == NULL)
+    {
+      retval->next = *l10nfile_list;
+      *l10nfile_list = retval;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      retval->next = last->next;
+      last->next = retval;
+    }
+
+  entries = 0;
+  /* If the DIRLIST is a real list the RETVAL entry corresponds not to
+     a real file.  So we have to use the DIRLIST separation mechanism
+     of the inner loop.  */
+  cnt = __argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) == 1 ? mask - 1 : mask;
+  for (; cnt >= 0; --cnt)
+    if ((cnt & ~mask) == 0
+	&& ((cnt & CEN_SPECIFIC) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_SPECIFIC) == 0)
+	&& ((cnt & XPG_CODESET) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_NORM_CODESET) == 0))
+      {
+	/* Iterate over all elements of the DIRLIST.  */
+	char *dir = NULL;
+
+	while ((dir = __argz_next ((char *) dirlist, dirlist_len, dir))
+	       != NULL)
+	  retval->successor[entries++]
+	    = _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dir, strlen (dir) + 1, cnt,
+				  language, territory, codeset,
+				  normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
+				  sponsor, revision, filename, 1);
+      }
+  retval->successor[entries] = NULL;
+
+  return retval;
+}
+
+/* Normalize codeset name.  There is no standard for the codeset
+   names.  Normalization allows the user to use any of the common
+   names.  The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be
+   freed by the caller.  */
+const char *
+_nl_normalize_codeset (codeset, name_len)
+     const char *codeset;
+     size_t name_len;
+{
+  int len = 0;
+  int only_digit = 1;
+  char *retval;
+  char *wp;
+  size_t cnt;
+
+  for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
+    if (isalnum (codeset[cnt]))
+      {
+	++len;
+
+	if (isalpha (codeset[cnt]))
+	  only_digit = 0;
+      }
+
+  retval = (char *) malloc ((only_digit ? 3 : 0) + len + 1);
+
+  if (retval != NULL)
+    {
+      if (only_digit)
+	wp = stpcpy (retval, "iso");
+      else
+	wp = retval;
+
+      for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
+	if (isalpha (codeset[cnt]))
+	  *wp++ = tolower (codeset[cnt]);
+	else if (isdigit (codeset[cnt]))
+	  *wp++ = codeset[cnt];
+
+      *wp = '\0';
+    }
+
+  return (const char *) retval;
+}
+
+
+/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
+
+/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library.  So we
+   avoid the non-standard function stpcpy.  In GNU C Library this
+   function is available, though.  Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
+   to be defined.  */
+#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
+static char *
+stpcpy (dest, src)
+     char *dest;
+     const char *src;
+{
+  while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
+    /* Do nothing. */ ;
+  return dest - 1;
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/intl/libgettext.h b/intl/libgettext.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..553382ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/libgettext.h
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/* Convenience header for conditional use of GNU <libintl.h>.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBGETTEXT_H
+#define _LIBGETTEXT_H 1
+
+/* NLS can be disabled through the configure --disable-nls option.  */
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+
+/* Get declarations of GNU message catalog functions.  */
+# include <libintl.h>
+
+#else
+
+# define gettext(Msgid) (Msgid)
+# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) (Msgid)
+# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) (Msgid)
+# define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
+    ((N) == 1 ? (char *) (Msgid1) : (char *) (Msgid2))
+# define dngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
+    ((N) == 1 ? (char *) (Msgid1) : (char *) (Msgid2))
+# define dcngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N, Category) \
+    ((N) == 1 ? (char *) (Msgid1) : (char *) (Msgid2))
+# define textdomain(Domainname) ((char *) (Domainname))
+# define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) ((char *) (Dirname))
+# define bind_textdomain_codeset(Domainname, Codeset) ((char *) (Codeset))
+
+#endif
+
+/* For automatical extraction of messages sometimes no real
+   translation is needed.  Instead the string itself is the result.  */
+#define gettext_noop(Str) (Str)
+
+#endif /* _LIBGETTEXT_H */
diff --git a/intl/libgnuintl.h b/intl/libgnuintl.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..577001a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/libgnuintl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+/* Message catalogs for internationalization.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBINTL_H
+#define _LIBINTL_H	1
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+/* The LC_MESSAGES locale category is the category used by the functions
+   gettext() and dgettext().  It is specified in POSIX, but not in ANSI C.
+   On systems that don't define it, use an arbitrary value instead.
+   On Solaris, <locale.h> defines __LOCALE_H then includes <libintl.h> (i.e.
+   this file!) and then only defines LC_MESSAGES.  To avoid a redefinition
+   warning, don't define LC_MESSAGES in this case.  */
+#if !defined LC_MESSAGES && !defined __LOCALE_H
+# define LC_MESSAGES 1729
+#endif
+
+/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
+   implementation of gettext.  */
+#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
+
+/* Resolve a platform specific conflict on DJGPP.  GNU gettext takes
+   precedence over _conio_gettext.  */
+#ifdef __DJGPP__
+# undef gettext
+# define gettext gettext
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus
+#  define PARAMS(args) args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale.  If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
+   text).  */
+extern char *gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale.  */
+extern char *dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid));
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
+   locale.  */
+extern char *dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
+				int __category));
+
+
+/* Similar to `gettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
+   number N.  */
+extern char *ngettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+			       unsigned long int __n));
+
+/* Similar to `dgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
+   number N.  */
+extern char *dngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
+				const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n));
+
+/* Similar to `dcgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
+   number N.  */
+extern char *dcngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
+				 const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n,
+				 int __category));
+
+
+/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
+   If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
+   If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages".  */
+extern char *textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
+
+/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
+   in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base.  */
+extern char *bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				     const char *__dirname));
+
+/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
+   DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned.  */
+extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+					      const char *__codeset));
+
+
+/* Optimized version of the functions above.  */
+#if defined __OPTIMIZED
+/* These are macros, but could also be inline functions.  */
+
+# define gettext(msgid)							      \
+  dgettext (NULL, msgid)
+
+# define dgettext(domainname, msgid)					      \
+  dcgettext (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+
+# define ngettext(msgid1, msgid2, n)					      \
+  dngettext (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n)
+
+# define dngettext(domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n)			      \
+  dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES)
+
+#endif /* Optimizing. */
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* libintl.h */
diff --git a/intl/libintl.glibc b/intl/libintl.glibc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8e5b8f9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/libintl.glibc
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/* libgettext.h -- Message catalogs for internationalization.
+Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+Contributed by Ulrich Drepper.
+This file is derived from the file libgettext.h in the GNU gettext package.
+
+The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+Library General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If
+not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBINTL_H
+#define _LIBINTL_H	1
+#include <features.h>
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+#define __need_NULL
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
+   implementation of gettext.  */
+#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale.  If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
+   text).  */
+extern char *gettext __P ((__const char *__msgid));
+extern char *__gettext __P ((__const char *__msgid));
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale.  */
+extern char *dgettext __P ((__const char *__domainname,
+			    __const char *__msgid));
+extern char *__dgettext __P ((__const char *__domainname,
+			      __const char *__msgid));
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
+   locale.  */
+extern char *dcgettext __P ((__const char *__domainname,
+			     __const char *__msgid, int __category));
+extern char *__dcgettext __P ((__const char *__domainname,
+			       __const char *__msgid, int __category));
+
+
+/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
+   If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
+   If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages".  */
+extern char *textdomain __P ((__const char *__domainname));
+extern char *__textdomain __P ((__const char *__domainname));
+
+/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
+   in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base.  */
+extern char *bindtextdomain __P ((__const char *__domainname,
+				  __const char *__dirname));
+extern char *__bindtextdomain __P ((__const char *__domainname,
+				    __const char *__dirname));
+
+
+/* Optimized version of the function above.  */
+#if defined __OPTIMIZED
+/* These must be a macro.  Inlined functions are useless because the
+   `__builtin_constant_p' predicate in dcgettext would always return
+   false.  */
+
+# define gettext(msgid) dgettext (NULL, msgid)
+
+# define dgettext(domainname, msgid)					      \
+  dcgettext (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+
+# if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7)
+#  define dcgettext(domainname, msgid, category)			      \
+  (__extension__							      \
+   ({									      \
+     char *result;							      \
+     if (__builtin_constant_p (msgid))					      \
+       {								      \
+	 extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;					      \
+	 static char *__translation__;					      \
+	 static int __catalog_counter__;				      \
+	 if (! __translation__ || __catalog_counter__ != _nl_msg_cat_cntr)    \
+	   {								      \
+	     __translation__ =						      \
+	       __dcgettext ((domainname), (msgid), (category));		      \
+	     __catalog_counter__ = _nl_msg_cat_cntr;			      \
+	   }								      \
+	 result = __translation__;					      \
+       }								      \
+     else								      \
+       result = __dcgettext ((domainname), (msgid), (category));	      \
+     result;								      \
+    }))
+# endif
+#endif /* Optimizing. */
+
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif /* libintl.h */
diff --git a/intl/linux-msg.sed b/intl/linux-msg.sed
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5918e720
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/linux-msg.sed
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+# po2msg.sed - Convert Uniforum style .po file to Linux style .msg file
+# Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+#
+#
+# The first directive in the .msg should be the definition of the
+# message set number.  We use always set number 1.
+#
+1 {
+  i\
+$set 1 # Automatically created by po2msg.sed
+  h
+  s/.*/0/
+  x
+}
+#
+# Mitch's old catalog format does not allow comments.
+#
+# We copy the original message as a comment into the .msg file.
+#
+/^msgid/ {
+  s/msgid[ 	]*"//
+#
+# This does not work now with the new format.
+# /"$/! {
+#   s/\\$//
+#   s/$/ ... (more lines following)"/
+# }
+  x
+# The following nice solution is by
+# Bruno <Haible@ma2s2.mathematik.uni-karlsruhe.de>
+  td
+# Increment a decimal number in pattern space.
+# First hide trailing `9' digits.
+  :d
+  s/9\(_*\)$/_\1/
+  td
+# Assure at least one digit is available.
+  s/^\(_*\)$/0\1/
+# Increment the last digit.
+  s/8\(_*\)$/9\1/
+  s/7\(_*\)$/8\1/
+  s/6\(_*\)$/7\1/
+  s/5\(_*\)$/6\1/
+  s/4\(_*\)$/5\1/
+  s/3\(_*\)$/4\1/
+  s/2\(_*\)$/3\1/
+  s/1\(_*\)$/2\1/
+  s/0\(_*\)$/1\1/
+# Convert the hidden `9' digits to `0's.
+  s/_/0/g
+  x
+  G
+  s/\(.*\)"\n\([0-9]*\)/$ #\2 Original Message:(\1)/p
+}
+#
+# The .msg file contains, other then the .po file, only the translations
+# but each given a unique ID.  Starting from 1 and incrementing by 1 for
+# each message we assign them to the messages.
+# It is important that the .po file used to generate the cat-id-tbl.c file
+# (with po-to-tbl) is the same as the one used here.  (At least the order
+# of declarations must not be changed.)
+#
+/^msgstr/ {
+  s/msgstr[ 	]*"\(.*\)"/# \1/
+# Clear substitution flag.
+  tb
+# Append the next line.
+  :b
+  N
+# Look whether second part is continuation line.
+  s/\(.*\n\)"\(.*\)"/\1\2/
+# Yes, then branch.
+  ta
+  P
+  D
+# Note that D includes a jump to the start!!
+# We found a continuation line.  But before printing insert '\'.
+  :a
+  s/\(.*\)\(\n.*\)/\1\\\2/
+  P
+# We cannot use D here.
+  s/.*\n\(.*\)/\1/
+  tb
+}
+d
diff --git a/intl/loadinfo.h b/intl/loadinfo.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5171a8f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/loadinfo.h
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1996-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _LOADINFO_H
+#define _LOADINFO_H	1
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if __STDC__
+#  define PARAMS(args) args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef internal_function
+# define internal_function
+#endif
+
+/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is
+   almost always true or almost always false.  */
+#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT
+# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr)
+#endif
+
+/* Separator in PATH like lists of pathnames.  */
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
+  /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
+# define PATH_SEPARATOR ';'
+#else
+  /* Unix */
+# define PATH_SEPARATOR ':'
+#endif
+
+/* Encoding of locale name parts.  */
+#define CEN_REVISION		1
+#define CEN_SPONSOR		2
+#define CEN_SPECIAL		4
+#define XPG_NORM_CODESET	8
+#define XPG_CODESET		16
+#define TERRITORY		32
+#define CEN_AUDIENCE		64
+#define XPG_MODIFIER		128
+
+#define CEN_SPECIFIC	(CEN_REVISION|CEN_SPONSOR|CEN_SPECIAL|CEN_AUDIENCE)
+#define XPG_SPECIFIC	(XPG_CODESET|XPG_NORM_CODESET|XPG_MODIFIER)
+
+
+struct loaded_l10nfile
+{
+  const char *filename;
+  int decided;
+
+  const void *data;
+
+  struct loaded_l10nfile *next;
+  struct loaded_l10nfile *successor[1];
+};
+
+
+/* Normalize codeset name.  There is no standard for the codeset
+   names.  Normalization allows the user to use any of the common
+   names.  The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be
+   freed by the caller.  */
+extern const char *_nl_normalize_codeset PARAMS ((const char *codeset,
+						  size_t name_len));
+
+extern struct loaded_l10nfile *
+_nl_make_l10nflist PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list,
+			    const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len, int mask,
+			    const char *language, const char *territory,
+			    const char *codeset,
+			    const char *normalized_codeset,
+			    const char *modifier, const char *special,
+			    const char *sponsor, const char *revision,
+			    const char *filename, int do_allocate));
+
+
+extern const char *_nl_expand_alias PARAMS ((const char *name));
+
+/* normalized_codeset is dynamically allocated and has to be freed by
+   the caller.  */
+extern int _nl_explode_name PARAMS ((char *name, const char **language,
+				     const char **modifier,
+				     const char **territory,
+				     const char **codeset,
+				     const char **normalized_codeset,
+				     const char **special,
+				     const char **sponsor,
+				     const char **revision));
+
+extern char *_nl_find_language PARAMS ((const char *name));
+
+#endif	/* loadinfo.h */
diff --git a/intl/loadmsgcat.c b/intl/loadmsgcat.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d589243b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/loadmsgcat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,566 @@
+/* Load needed message catalogs.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
+   This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
+   <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late.  */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE    1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# define alloca __builtin_alloca
+# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
+#else
+# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
+#  include <alloca.h>
+# else
+#  ifdef _AIX
+ #pragma alloca
+#  else
+#   ifndef alloca
+char *alloca ();
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <langinfo.h>
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \
+    || (defined _LIBC && defined _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES)
+# include <sys/mman.h>
+# undef HAVE_MMAP
+# define HAVE_MMAP	1
+#else
+# undef HAVE_MMAP
+#endif
+
+#include "gettext.h"
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include "../locale/localeinfo.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Rename the non ISO C functions.  This is required by the standard
+   because some ISO C functions will require linking with this object
+   file and the name space must not be polluted.  */
+# define open   __open
+# define close  __close
+# define read   __read
+# define mmap   __mmap
+# define munmap __munmap
+#endif
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define PLURAL_PARSE __gettextparse
+#else
+# define PLURAL_PARSE gettextparse__
+#endif
+
+/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
+   some additional code emulating it.  */
+#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
+# define freea(p) /* nothing */
+#else
+# define alloca(n) malloc (n)
+# define freea(p) free (p)
+#endif
+
+/* For systems that distinguish between text and binary I/O.
+   O_BINARY is usually declared in <fcntl.h>. */
+#if !defined O_BINARY && defined _O_BINARY
+  /* For MSC-compatible compilers.  */
+# define O_BINARY _O_BINARY
+# define O_TEXT _O_TEXT
+#endif
+#ifdef __BEOS__
+  /* BeOS 5 has O_BINARY and O_TEXT, but they have no effect.  */
+# undef O_BINARY
+# undef O_TEXT
+#endif
+/* On reasonable systems, binary I/O is the default.  */
+#ifndef O_BINARY
+# define O_BINARY 0
+#endif
+
+/* We need a sign, whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated
+   with all translations.  This is important if the translations are
+   cached by one of GCC's features.  */
+int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+
+#if (defined __GNUC__ && !defined __APPLE_CC__) \
+    || (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L)
+
+/* These structs are the constant expression for the germanic plural
+   form determination.  It represents the expression  "n != 1".  */
+static const struct expression plvar =
+{
+  .nargs = 0,
+  .operation = var,
+};
+static const struct expression plone =
+{
+  .nargs = 0,
+  .operation = num,
+  .val =
+  {
+    .num = 1
+  }
+};
+static struct expression germanic_plural =
+{
+  .nargs = 2,
+  .operation = not_equal,
+  .val =
+  {
+    .args =
+    {
+      [0] = (struct expression *) &plvar,
+      [1] = (struct expression *) &plone
+    }
+  }
+};
+
+# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL()
+
+#else
+
+/* For compilers without support for ISO C 99 struct/union initializers:
+   Initialization at run-time.  */
+
+static struct expression plvar;
+static struct expression plone;
+static struct expression germanic_plural;
+
+static void
+init_germanic_plural ()
+{
+  if (plone.val.num == 0)
+    {
+      plvar.nargs = 0;
+      plvar.operation = var;
+
+      plone.nargs = 0;
+      plone.operation = num;
+      plone.val.num = 1;
+
+      germanic_plural.nargs = 2;
+      germanic_plural.operation = not_equal;
+      germanic_plural.val.args[0] = &plvar;
+      germanic_plural.val.args[1] = &plone;
+    }
+}
+
+# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL() init_germanic_plural ()
+
+#endif
+
+
+/* Initialize the codeset dependent parts of an opened message catalog.
+   Return the header entry.  */
+const char *
+internal_function
+_nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding)
+     struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
+     struct loaded_domain *domain;
+     struct binding *domainbinding;
+{
+  /* Find out about the character set the file is encoded with.
+     This can be found (in textual form) in the entry "".  If this
+     entry does not exist or if this does not contain the `charset='
+     information, we will assume the charset matches the one the
+     current locale and we don't have to perform any conversion.  */
+  char *nullentry;
+  size_t nullentrylen;
+
+  /* Preinitialize fields, to avoid recursion during _nl_find_msg.  */
+  domain->codeset_cntr =
+    (domainbinding != NULL ? domainbinding->codeset_cntr : 0);
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  domain->conv = (__gconv_t) -1;
+#else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+  domain->conv = (iconv_t) -1;
+# endif
+#endif
+  domain->conv_tab = NULL;
+
+  /* Get the header entry.  */
+  nullentry = _nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, "", &nullentrylen);
+
+  if (nullentry != NULL)
+    {
+#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV
+      const char *charsetstr;
+
+      charsetstr = strstr (nullentry, "charset=");
+      if (charsetstr != NULL)
+	{
+	  size_t len;
+	  char *charset;
+	  const char *outcharset;
+
+	  charsetstr += strlen ("charset=");
+	  len = strcspn (charsetstr, " \t\n");
+
+	  charset = (char *) alloca (len + 1);
+# if defined _LIBC || HAVE_MEMPCPY
+	  *((char *) mempcpy (charset, charsetstr, len)) = '\0';
+# else
+	  memcpy (charset, charsetstr, len);
+	  charset[len] = '\0';
+# endif
+
+	  /* The output charset should normally be determined by the
+	     locale.  But sometimes the locale is not used or not correctly
+	     set up, so we provide a possibility for the user to override
+	     this.  Moreover, the value specified through
+	     bind_textdomain_codeset overrides both.  */
+	  if (domainbinding != NULL && domainbinding->codeset != NULL)
+	    outcharset = domainbinding->codeset;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      outcharset = getenv ("OUTPUT_CHARSET");
+	      if (outcharset == NULL || outcharset[0] == '\0')
+		{
+# ifdef _LIBC
+		  outcharset = (*_nl_current[LC_CTYPE])->values[_NL_ITEM_INDEX (CODESET)].string;
+# else
+#  if HAVE_ICONV
+		  extern const char *locale_charset (void);
+		  outcharset = locale_charset ();
+#  endif
+# endif
+		}
+	    }
+
+# ifdef _LIBC
+	  /* We always want to use transliteration.  */
+	  outcharset = norm_add_slashes (outcharset, "TRANSLIT");
+	  charset = norm_add_slashes (charset, NULL);
+	  if (__gconv_open (outcharset, charset, &domain->conv,
+			    GCONV_AVOID_NOCONV)
+	      != __GCONV_OK)
+	    domain->conv = (__gconv_t) -1;
+# else
+#  if HAVE_ICONV
+	  /* When using GNU libiconv, we want to use transliteration.  */
+#   if _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0105
+	  len = strlen (outcharset);
+	  {
+	    char *tmp = (char *) alloca (len + 10 + 1);
+	    memcpy (tmp, outcharset, len);
+	    memcpy (tmp + len, "//TRANSLIT", 10 + 1);
+	    outcharset = tmp;
+	  }
+#   endif
+	  domain->conv = iconv_open (outcharset, charset);
+#   if _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0105
+	  freea (outcharset);
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+	  freea (charset);
+	}
+#endif /* _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV */
+    }
+
+  return nullentry;
+}
+
+/* Frees the codeset dependent parts of an opened message catalog.  */
+void
+internal_function
+_nl_free_domain_conv (domain)
+     struct loaded_domain *domain;
+{
+  if (domain->conv_tab != NULL && domain->conv_tab != (char **) -1)
+    free (domain->conv_tab);
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  if (domain->conv != (__gconv_t) -1)
+    __gconv_close (domain->conv);
+#else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+  if (domain->conv != (iconv_t) -1)
+    iconv_close (domain->conv);
+# endif
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Load the message catalogs specified by FILENAME.  If it is no valid
+   message catalog do nothing.  */
+void
+internal_function
+_nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding)
+     struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
+     struct binding *domainbinding;
+{
+  int fd;
+  size_t size;
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  struct stat64 st;
+#else
+  struct stat st;
+#endif
+  struct mo_file_header *data = (struct mo_file_header *) -1;
+  int use_mmap = 0;
+  struct loaded_domain *domain;
+  const char *nullentry;
+
+  domain_file->decided = 1;
+  domain_file->data = NULL;
+
+  /* Note that it would be useless to store domainbinding in domain_file
+     because domainbinding might be == NULL now but != NULL later (after
+     a call to bind_textdomain_codeset).  */
+
+  /* If the record does not represent a valid locale the FILENAME
+     might be NULL.  This can happen when according to the given
+     specification the locale file name is different for XPG and CEN
+     syntax.  */
+  if (domain_file->filename == NULL)
+    return;
+
+  /* Try to open the addressed file.  */
+  fd = open (domain_file->filename, O_RDONLY | O_BINARY);
+  if (fd == -1)
+    return;
+
+  /* We must know about the size of the file.  */
+  if (
+#ifdef _LIBC
+      __builtin_expect (fstat64 (fd, &st) != 0, 0)
+#else
+      __builtin_expect (fstat (fd, &st) != 0, 0)
+#endif
+      || __builtin_expect ((size = (size_t) st.st_size) != st.st_size, 0)
+      || __builtin_expect (size < sizeof (struct mo_file_header), 0))
+    {
+      /* Something went wrong.  */
+      close (fd);
+      return;
+    }
+
+#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
+  /* Now we are ready to load the file.  If mmap() is available we try
+     this first.  If not available or it failed we try to load it.  */
+  data = (struct mo_file_header *) mmap (NULL, size, PROT_READ,
+					 MAP_PRIVATE, fd, 0);
+
+  if (__builtin_expect (data != (struct mo_file_header *) -1, 1))
+    {
+      /* mmap() call was successful.  */
+      close (fd);
+      use_mmap = 1;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  /* If the data is not yet available (i.e. mmap'ed) we try to load
+     it manually.  */
+  if (data == (struct mo_file_header *) -1)
+    {
+      size_t to_read;
+      char *read_ptr;
+
+      data = (struct mo_file_header *) malloc (size);
+      if (data == NULL)
+	return;
+
+      to_read = size;
+      read_ptr = (char *) data;
+      do
+	{
+	  long int nb = (long int) read (fd, read_ptr, to_read);
+	  if (nb <= 0)
+	    {
+#ifdef EINTR
+	      if (nb == -1 && errno == EINTR)
+		continue;
+#endif
+	      close (fd);
+	      return;
+	    }
+	  read_ptr += nb;
+	  to_read -= nb;
+	}
+      while (to_read > 0);
+
+      close (fd);
+    }
+
+  /* Using the magic number we can test whether it really is a message
+     catalog file.  */
+  if (__builtin_expect (data->magic != _MAGIC && data->magic != _MAGIC_SWAPPED,
+			0))
+    {
+      /* The magic number is wrong: not a message catalog file.  */
+#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
+      if (use_mmap)
+	munmap ((caddr_t) data, size);
+      else
+#endif
+	free (data);
+      return;
+    }
+
+  domain = (struct loaded_domain *) malloc (sizeof (struct loaded_domain));
+  if (domain == NULL)
+    return;
+  domain_file->data = domain;
+
+  domain->data = (char *) data;
+  domain->use_mmap = use_mmap;
+  domain->mmap_size = size;
+  domain->must_swap = data->magic != _MAGIC;
+
+  /* Fill in the information about the available tables.  */
+  switch (W (domain->must_swap, data->revision))
+    {
+    case 0:
+      domain->nstrings = W (domain->must_swap, data->nstrings);
+      domain->orig_tab = (struct string_desc *)
+	((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->orig_tab_offset));
+      domain->trans_tab = (struct string_desc *)
+	((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->trans_tab_offset));
+      domain->hash_size = W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_size);
+      domain->hash_tab = (nls_uint32 *)
+	((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_offset));
+      break;
+    default:
+      /* This is an invalid revision.  */
+#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
+      if (use_mmap)
+	munmap ((caddr_t) data, size);
+      else
+#endif
+	free (data);
+      free (domain);
+      domain_file->data = NULL;
+      return;
+    }
+
+  /* Now initialize the character set converter from the character set
+     the file is encoded with (found in the header entry) to the domain's
+     specified character set or the locale's character set.  */
+  nullentry = _nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding);
+
+  /* Also look for a plural specification.  */
+  if (nullentry != NULL)
+    {
+      const char *plural;
+      const char *nplurals;
+
+      plural = strstr (nullentry, "plural=");
+      nplurals = strstr (nullentry, "nplurals=");
+      if (plural == NULL || nplurals == NULL)
+	goto no_plural;
+      else
+	{
+	  /* First get the number.  */
+	  char *endp;
+	  unsigned long int n;
+	  struct parse_args args;
+
+	  nplurals += 9;
+	  while (*nplurals != '\0' && isspace (*nplurals))
+	    ++nplurals;
+#if defined HAVE_STRTOUL || defined _LIBC
+	  n = strtoul (nplurals, &endp, 10);
+#else
+	  for (endp = nplurals, n = 0; *endp >= '0' && *endp <= '9'; endp++)
+	    n = n * 10 + (*endp - '0');
+#endif
+	  domain->nplurals = n;
+	  if (nplurals == endp)
+	    goto no_plural;
+
+	  /* Due to the restrictions bison imposes onto the interface of the
+	     scanner function we have to put the input string and the result
+	     passed up from the parser into the same structure which address
+	     is passed down to the parser.  */
+	  plural += 7;
+	  args.cp = plural;
+	  if (PLURAL_PARSE (&args) != 0)
+	    goto no_plural;
+	  domain->plural = args.res;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* By default we are using the Germanic form: singular form only
+         for `one', the plural form otherwise.  Yes, this is also what
+         English is using since English is a Germanic language.  */
+    no_plural:
+      INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL ();
+      domain->plural = &germanic_plural;
+      domain->nplurals = 2;
+    }
+}
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+void
+internal_function
+_nl_unload_domain (domain)
+     struct loaded_domain *domain;
+{
+  if (domain->plural != &germanic_plural)
+    __gettext_free_exp (domain->plural);
+
+  _nl_free_domain_conv (domain);
+
+# ifdef _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES
+  if (domain->use_mmap)
+    munmap ((caddr_t) domain->data, domain->mmap_size);
+  else
+# endif	/* _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES */
+    free ((void *) domain->data);
+
+  free (domain);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/intl/localcharset.c b/intl/localcharset.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..22e09e41
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/localcharset.c
@@ -0,0 +1,271 @@
+/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STDDEF_H
+# include <stddef.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
+# undef WIN32   /* avoid warning on mingw32 */
+# define WIN32
+#endif
+
+#ifndef WIN32
+# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+#  include <langinfo.h>
+# else
+#  if HAVE_SETLOCALE
+#   include <locale.h>
+#  endif
+# endif
+#else /* WIN32 */
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+# include <windows.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
+# define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/'
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ISSLASH
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR)
+#endif
+
+/* The following static variable is declared 'volatile' to avoid a
+   possible multithread problem in the function get_charset_aliases. If we
+   are running in a threaded environment, and if two threads initialize
+   'charset_aliases' simultaneously, both will produce the same value,
+   and everything will be ok if the two assignments to 'charset_aliases'
+   are atomic. But I don't know what will happen if the two assignments mix.  */
+#if __STDC__ != 1
+# define volatile /* empty */
+#endif
+/* Pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file, if it has already been
+   read, else NULL.  Its format is:
+   ALIAS_1 '\0' CANONICAL_1 '\0' ... ALIAS_n '\0' CANONICAL_n '\0' '\0'  */
+static char * volatile charset_aliases;
+
+/* Return a pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file.  */
+static const char *
+get_charset_aliases ()
+{
+  char *cp;
+
+  cp = charset_aliases;
+  if (cp == NULL)
+    {
+#ifndef WIN32
+      FILE *fp;
+      const char *dir = LIBDIR;
+      const char *base = "charset.alias";
+      char *file_name;
+
+      /* Concatenate dir and base into freshly allocated file_name.  */
+      {
+	size_t dir_len = strlen (dir);
+	size_t base_len = strlen (base);
+	int add_slash = (dir_len > 0 && !ISSLASH (dir[dir_len - 1]));
+	file_name = (char *) malloc (dir_len + add_slash + base_len + 1);
+	if (file_name != NULL)
+	  {
+	    memcpy (file_name, dir, dir_len);
+	    if (add_slash)
+	      file_name[dir_len] = DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR;
+	    memcpy (file_name + dir_len + add_slash, base, base_len + 1);
+	  }
+      }
+
+      if (file_name == NULL || (fp = fopen (file_name, "r")) == NULL)
+	/* Out of memory or file not found, treat it as empty.  */
+	cp = "";
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Parse the file's contents.  */
+	  int c;
+	  char buf1[50+1];
+	  char buf2[50+1];
+	  char *res_ptr = NULL;
+	  size_t res_size = 0;
+	  size_t l1, l2;
+
+	  for (;;)
+	    {
+	      c = getc (fp);
+	      if (c == EOF)
+		break;
+	      if (c == '\n' || c == ' ' || c == '\t')
+		continue;
+	      if (c == '#')
+		{
+		  /* Skip comment, to end of line.  */
+		  do
+		    c = getc (fp);
+		  while (!(c == EOF || c == '\n'));
+		  if (c == EOF)
+		    break;
+		  continue;
+		}
+	      ungetc (c, fp);
+	      if (fscanf(fp, "%50s %50s", buf1, buf2) < 2)
+		break;
+	      l1 = strlen (buf1);
+	      l2 = strlen (buf2);
+	      if (res_size == 0)
+		{
+		  res_size = l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
+		  res_ptr = malloc (res_size + 1);
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  res_size += l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
+		  res_ptr = realloc (res_ptr, res_size + 1);
+		}
+	      if (res_ptr == NULL)
+		{
+		  /* Out of memory. */
+		  res_size = 0;
+		  break;
+		}
+	      strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1) - (l1 + 1), buf1);
+	      strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1), buf2);
+	    }
+	  fclose (fp);
+	  if (res_size == 0)
+	    cp = "";
+	  else
+	    {
+	      *(res_ptr + res_size) = '\0';
+	      cp = res_ptr;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (file_name != NULL)
+	free (file_name);
+
+#else /* WIN32 */
+
+      /* To avoid the troubles of installing a separate file in the same
+	 directory as the DLL and of retrieving the DLL's directory at
+	 runtime, simply inline the aliases here.  */
+
+      cp = "CP936" "\0" "GBK" "\0"
+	   "CP1361" "\0" "JOHAB" "\0";
+#endif
+
+      charset_aliases = cp;
+    }
+
+  return cp;
+}
+
+/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it
+   into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset.
+   The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.
+   If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical
+   name.  */
+
+#ifdef STATIC
+STATIC
+#endif
+const char *
+locale_charset ()
+{
+  const char *codeset;
+  const char *aliases;
+
+#ifndef WIN32
+
+# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+
+  /* Most systems support nl_langinfo (CODESET) nowadays.  */
+  codeset = nl_langinfo (CODESET);
+
+# else
+
+  /* On old systems which lack it, use setlocale or getenv.  */
+  const char *locale = NULL;
+
+  /* But most old systems don't have a complete set of locales.  Some
+     (like SunOS 4 or DJGPP) have only the C locale.  Therefore we don't
+     use setlocale here; it would return "C" when it doesn't support the
+     locale name the user has set.  */
+#  if HAVE_SETLOCALE && 0
+  locale = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL);
+#  endif
+  if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+    {
+      locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
+      if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+	{
+	  locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
+	  if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+	    locale = getenv ("LANG");
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* On some old systems, one used to set locale = "iso8859_1". On others,
+     you set it to "language_COUNTRY.charset". In any case, we resolve it
+     through the charset.alias file.  */
+  codeset = locale;
+
+# endif
+
+#else /* WIN32 */
+
+  static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
+
+  /* Win32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number.  */
+  sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ());
+  codeset = buf;
+
+#endif
+
+  if (codeset == NULL)
+    /* The canonical name cannot be determined.  */
+    codeset = "";
+
+  /* Resolve alias. */
+  for (aliases = get_charset_aliases ();
+       *aliases != '\0';
+       aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1, aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1)
+    if (strcmp (codeset, aliases) == 0
+	|| (aliases[0] == '*' && aliases[1] == '\0'))
+      {
+	codeset = aliases + strlen (aliases) + 1;
+	break;
+      }
+
+  return codeset;
+}
diff --git a/intl/locale.alias b/intl/locale.alias
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..48940f74
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/locale.alias
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+# Locale name alias data base.
+# Copyright (C) 1996,1997,1998,1999,2000,2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# The format of this file is the same as for the corresponding file of
+# the X Window System, which normally can be found in
+#	/usr/lib/X11/locale/locale.alias
+# A single line contains two fields: an alias and a substitution value.
+# All entries are case independent.
+
+# Note: This file is far from being complete.  If you have a value for
+# your own site which you think might be useful for others too, share
+# it with the rest of us.  Send it using the `glibcbug' script to
+# bugs@gnu.org.
+
+# Packages using this file: 
+
+bokmal		no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+bokmål		no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+catalan		ca_ES.ISO-8859-1
+croatian	hr_HR.ISO-8859-2
+czech		cs_CZ.ISO-8859-2
+danish          da_DK.ISO-8859-1
+dansk		da_DK.ISO-8859-1
+deutsch		de_DE.ISO-8859-1
+dutch		nl_NL.ISO-8859-1
+eesti		et_EE.ISO-8859-1
+estonian	et_EE.ISO-8859-1
+finnish         fi_FI.ISO-8859-1
+français	fr_FR.ISO-8859-1
+french		fr_FR.ISO-8859-1
+galego		gl_ES.ISO-8859-1
+galician	gl_ES.ISO-8859-1
+german		de_DE.ISO-8859-1
+greek           el_GR.ISO-8859-7
+hebrew          iw_IL.ISO-8859-8
+hrvatski	hr_HR.ISO-8859-2
+hungarian       hu_HU.ISO-8859-2
+icelandic       is_IS.ISO-8859-1
+italian         it_IT.ISO-8859-1
+japanese	ja_JP.eucJP
+japanese.euc	ja_JP.eucJP
+ja_JP		ja_JP.eucJP
+ja_JP.ujis	ja_JP.eucJP
+japanese.sjis	ja_JP.SJIS
+korean		ko_KR.eucKR
+korean.euc 	ko_KR.eucKR
+ko_KR		ko_KR.eucKR
+lithuanian      lt_LT.ISO-8859-13
+nb_NO		no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+norwegian       no_NO.ISO-8859-1
+nynorsk		nn_NO.ISO-8859-1
+polish          pl_PL.ISO-8859-2
+portuguese      pt_PT.ISO-8859-1
+romanian        ro_RO.ISO-8859-2
+russian         ru_RU.ISO-8859-5
+slovak          sk_SK.ISO-8859-2
+slovene         sl_SI.ISO-8859-2
+slovenian       sl_SI.ISO-8859-2
+spanish         es_ES.ISO-8859-1
+swedish         sv_SE.ISO-8859-1
+thai		th_TH.TIS-620
+turkish         tr_TR.ISO-8859-9
diff --git a/intl/localealias.c b/intl/localealias.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..76f19a9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/localealias.c
@@ -0,0 +1,403 @@
+/* Handle aliases for locale names.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
+   This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
+   <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late.  */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE    1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# define alloca __builtin_alloca
+# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
+#else
+# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
+#  include <alloca.h>
+# else
+#  ifdef _AIX
+ #pragma alloca
+#  else
+#   ifndef alloca
+char *alloca ();
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include <string.h>
+#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
+# ifndef strchr
+#  define strchr index
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Rename the non ANSI C functions.  This is required by the standard
+   because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
+   file and the name space must not be polluted.  */
+# define strcasecmp __strcasecmp
+
+# ifndef mempcpy
+#  define mempcpy __mempcpy
+# endif
+# define HAVE_MEMPCPY	1
+
+/* We need locking here since we can be called from different places.  */
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+
+__libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef internal_function
+# define internal_function
+#endif
+
+/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
+   some additional code emulating it.  */
+#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
+# define freea(p) /* nothing */
+#else
+# define alloca(n) malloc (n)
+# define freea(p) free (p)
+#endif
+
+#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FGETS_UNLOCKED
+# undef fgets
+# define fgets(buf, len, s) fgets_unlocked (buf, len, s)
+#endif
+#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FEOF_UNLOCKED
+# undef feof
+# define feof(s) feof_unlocked (s)
+#endif
+
+
+struct alias_map
+{
+  const char *alias;
+  const char *value;
+};
+
+
+static char *string_space;
+static size_t string_space_act;
+static size_t string_space_max;
+static struct alias_map *map;
+static size_t nmap;
+static size_t maxmap;
+
+
+/* Prototypes for local functions.  */
+static size_t read_alias_file PARAMS ((const char *fname, int fname_len))
+     internal_function;
+static int extend_alias_table PARAMS ((void));
+static int alias_compare PARAMS ((const struct alias_map *map1,
+				  const struct alias_map *map2));
+
+
+const char *
+_nl_expand_alias (name)
+    const char *name;
+{
+  static const char *locale_alias_path = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH;
+  struct alias_map *retval;
+  const char *result = NULL;
+  size_t added;
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  __libc_lock_lock (lock);
+#endif
+
+  do
+    {
+      struct alias_map item;
+
+      item.alias = name;
+
+      if (nmap > 0)
+	retval = (struct alias_map *) bsearch (&item, map, nmap,
+					       sizeof (struct alias_map),
+					       (int (*) PARAMS ((const void *,
+								 const void *))
+						) alias_compare);
+      else
+	retval = NULL;
+
+      /* We really found an alias.  Return the value.  */
+      if (retval != NULL)
+	{
+	  result = retval->value;
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      /* Perhaps we can find another alias file.  */
+      added = 0;
+      while (added == 0 && locale_alias_path[0] != '\0')
+	{
+	  const char *start;
+
+	  while (locale_alias_path[0] == PATH_SEPARATOR)
+	    ++locale_alias_path;
+	  start = locale_alias_path;
+
+	  while (locale_alias_path[0] != '\0'
+		 && locale_alias_path[0] != PATH_SEPARATOR)
+	    ++locale_alias_path;
+
+	  if (start < locale_alias_path)
+	    added = read_alias_file (start, locale_alias_path - start);
+	}
+    }
+  while (added != 0);
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
+#endif
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+
+static size_t
+internal_function
+read_alias_file (fname, fname_len)
+     const char *fname;
+     int fname_len;
+{
+  FILE *fp;
+  char *full_fname;
+  size_t added;
+  static const char aliasfile[] = "/locale.alias";
+
+  full_fname = (char *) alloca (fname_len + sizeof aliasfile);
+#ifdef HAVE_MEMPCPY
+  mempcpy (mempcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len),
+	   aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile);
+#else
+  memcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len);
+  memcpy (&full_fname[fname_len], aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile);
+#endif
+
+  fp = fopen (full_fname, "r");
+  freea (full_fname);
+  if (fp == NULL)
+    return 0;
+
+  added = 0;
+  while (!feof (fp))
+    {
+      /* It is a reasonable approach to use a fix buffer here because
+	 a) we are only interested in the first two fields
+	 b) these fields must be usable as file names and so must not
+	    be that long
+       */
+      char buf[BUFSIZ];
+      char *alias;
+      char *value;
+      char *cp;
+
+      if (fgets (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL)
+	/* EOF reached.  */
+	break;
+
+      /* Possibly not the whole line fits into the buffer.  Ignore
+	 the rest of the line.  */
+      if (strchr (buf, '\n') == NULL)
+	{
+	  char altbuf[BUFSIZ];
+	  do
+	    if (fgets (altbuf, sizeof altbuf, fp) == NULL)
+	      /* Make sure the inner loop will be left.  The outer loop
+		 will exit at the `feof' test.  */
+	      break;
+	  while (strchr (altbuf, '\n') == NULL);
+	}
+
+      cp = buf;
+      /* Ignore leading white space.  */
+      while (isspace (cp[0]))
+	++cp;
+
+      /* A leading '#' signals a comment line.  */
+      if (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '#')
+	{
+	  alias = cp++;
+	  while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace (cp[0]))
+	    ++cp;
+	  /* Terminate alias name.  */
+	  if (cp[0] != '\0')
+	    *cp++ = '\0';
+
+	  /* Now look for the beginning of the value.  */
+	  while (isspace (cp[0]))
+	    ++cp;
+
+	  if (cp[0] != '\0')
+	    {
+	      size_t alias_len;
+	      size_t value_len;
+
+	      value = cp++;
+	      while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace (cp[0]))
+		++cp;
+	      /* Terminate value.  */
+	      if (cp[0] == '\n')
+		{
+		  /* This has to be done to make the following test
+		     for the end of line possible.  We are looking for
+		     the terminating '\n' which do not overwrite here.  */
+		  *cp++ = '\0';
+		  *cp = '\n';
+		}
+	      else if (cp[0] != '\0')
+		*cp++ = '\0';
+
+	      if (nmap >= maxmap)
+		if (__builtin_expect (extend_alias_table (), 0))
+		  return added;
+
+	      alias_len = strlen (alias) + 1;
+	      value_len = strlen (value) + 1;
+
+	      if (string_space_act + alias_len + value_len > string_space_max)
+		{
+		  /* Increase size of memory pool.  */
+		  size_t new_size = (string_space_max
+				     + (alias_len + value_len > 1024
+					? alias_len + value_len : 1024));
+		  char *new_pool = (char *) realloc (string_space, new_size);
+		  if (new_pool == NULL)
+		    return added;
+
+		  if (__builtin_expect (string_space != new_pool, 0))
+		    {
+		      size_t i;
+
+		      for (i = 0; i < nmap; i++)
+			{
+			  map[i].alias += new_pool - string_space;
+			  map[i].value += new_pool - string_space;
+			}
+		    }
+
+		  string_space = new_pool;
+		  string_space_max = new_size;
+		}
+
+	      map[nmap].alias = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act],
+					alias, alias_len);
+	      string_space_act += alias_len;
+
+	      map[nmap].value = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act],
+					value, value_len);
+	      string_space_act += value_len;
+
+	      ++nmap;
+	      ++added;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Should we test for ferror()?  I think we have to silently ignore
+     errors.  --drepper  */
+  fclose (fp);
+
+  if (added > 0)
+    qsort (map, nmap, sizeof (struct alias_map),
+	   (int (*) PARAMS ((const void *, const void *))) alias_compare);
+
+  return added;
+}
+
+
+static int
+extend_alias_table ()
+{
+  size_t new_size;
+  struct alias_map *new_map;
+
+  new_size = maxmap == 0 ? 100 : 2 * maxmap;
+  new_map = (struct alias_map *) realloc (map, (new_size
+						* sizeof (struct alias_map)));
+  if (new_map == NULL)
+    /* Simply don't extend: we don't have any more core.  */
+    return -1;
+
+  map = new_map;
+  maxmap = new_size;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+static void __attribute__ ((unused))
+free_mem (void)
+{
+  if (string_space != NULL)
+    free (string_space);
+  if (map != NULL)
+    free (map);
+}
+text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem);
+#endif
+
+
+static int
+alias_compare (map1, map2)
+     const struct alias_map *map1;
+     const struct alias_map *map2;
+{
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRCASECMP
+  return strcasecmp (map1->alias, map2->alias);
+#else
+  const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) map1->alias;
+  const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) map2->alias;
+  unsigned char c1, c2;
+
+  if (p1 == p2)
+    return 0;
+
+  do
+    {
+      /* I know this seems to be odd but the tolower() function in
+	 some systems libc cannot handle nonalpha characters.  */
+      c1 = isupper (*p1) ? tolower (*p1) : *p1;
+      c2 = isupper (*p2) ? tolower (*p2) : *p2;
+      if (c1 == '\0')
+	break;
+      ++p1;
+      ++p2;
+    }
+  while (c1 == c2);
+
+  return c1 - c2;
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/intl/ngettext.c b/intl/ngettext.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8b1fa02f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/ngettext.c
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/* Implementation of ngettext(3) function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define __need_NULL
+# include <stddef.h>
+#else
+# include <stdlib.h>		/* Just for NULL.  */
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define NGETTEXT __ngettext
+# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
+#else
+# define NGETTEXT ngettext__
+# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale.  If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
+   text).  */
+char *
+NGETTEXT (msgid1, msgid2, n)
+     const char *msgid1;
+     const char *msgid2;
+     unsigned long int n;
+{
+  return DCNGETTEXT (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__ngettext, ngettext);
+#endif
diff --git a/intl/plural.c b/intl/plural.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..81913356
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/plural.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1325 @@
+
+/*  A Bison parser, made from plural.y
+    by GNU Bison version 1.28  */
+
+#define YYBISON 1  /* Identify Bison output.  */
+
+#define yyparse __gettextparse
+#define yylex __gettextlex
+#define yyerror __gettexterror
+#define yylval __gettextlval
+#define yychar __gettextchar
+#define yydebug __gettextdebug
+#define yynerrs __gettextnerrs
+#define	EQUOP2	257
+#define	CMPOP2	258
+#define	ADDOP2	259
+#define	MULOP2	260
+#define	NUMBER	261
+
+#line 1 "plural.y"
+
+/* Expression parsing for plural form selection.
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* The bison generated parser uses alloca.  AIX 3 forces us to put this
+   declaration at the beginning of the file.  The declaration in bison's
+   skeleton file comes too late.  This must come before <config.h>
+   because <config.h> may include arbitrary system headers.  */
+#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__
+ #pragma alloca
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define FREE_EXPRESSION __gettext_free_exp
+#else
+# define FREE_EXPRESSION gettext_free_exp__
+# define __gettextparse gettextparse__
+#endif
+
+#define YYLEX_PARAM	&((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM	arg
+
+#line 52 "plural.y"
+typedef union {
+  unsigned long int num;
+  enum operator op;
+  struct expression *exp;
+} YYSTYPE;
+#line 58 "plural.y"
+
+/* Prototypes for local functions.  */
+static struct expression *new_exp PARAMS ((int nargs, enum operator op,
+					   struct expression * const *args));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_0 PARAMS ((enum operator op));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_1 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+						   struct expression *right));
+static struct expression *new_exp_2 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+					     struct expression *left,
+					     struct expression *right));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_3 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+						   struct expression *bexp,
+						   struct expression *tbranch,
+						   struct expression *fbranch));
+static int yylex PARAMS ((YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp));
+static void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *str));
+
+/* Allocation of expressions.  */
+
+static struct expression *
+new_exp (nargs, op, args)
+     int nargs;
+     enum operator op;
+     struct expression * const *args;
+{
+  int i;
+  struct expression *newp;
+
+  /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL.  */
+  for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+    if (args[i] == NULL)
+      goto fail;
+
+  /* Allocate a new expression.  */
+  newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp));
+  if (newp != NULL)
+    {
+      newp->nargs = nargs;
+      newp->operation = op;
+      for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+	newp->val.args[i] = args[i];
+      return newp;
+    }
+
+ fail:
+  for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+    FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]);
+
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_0 (op)
+     enum operator op;
+{
+  return new_exp (0, op, NULL);
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_1 (op, right)
+     enum operator op;
+     struct expression *right;
+{
+  struct expression *args[1];
+
+  args[0] = right;
+  return new_exp (1, op, args);
+}
+
+static struct expression *
+new_exp_2 (op, left, right)
+     enum operator op;
+     struct expression *left;
+     struct expression *right;
+{
+  struct expression *args[2];
+
+  args[0] = left;
+  args[1] = right;
+  return new_exp (2, op, args);
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_3 (op, bexp, tbranch, fbranch)
+     enum operator op;
+     struct expression *bexp;
+     struct expression *tbranch;
+     struct expression *fbranch;
+{
+  struct expression *args[3];
+
+  args[0] = bexp;
+  args[1] = tbranch;
+  args[2] = fbranch;
+  return new_exp (3, op, args);
+}
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#ifndef __cplusplus
+#ifndef __STDC__
+#define const
+#endif
+#endif
+
+
+
+#define	YYFINAL		27
+#define	YYFLAG		-32768
+#define	YYNTBASE	16
+
+#define YYTRANSLATE(x) ((unsigned)(x) <= 261 ? yytranslate[x] : 18)
+
+static const char yytranslate[] = {     0,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,    10,     2,     2,     2,     2,     5,     2,    14,
+    15,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,    12,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     3,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,    13,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     4,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,
+     2,     2,     2,     2,     2,     1,     6,     7,     8,     9,
+    11
+};
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+static const short yyprhs[] = {     0,
+     0,     2,     8,    12,    16,    20,    24,    28,    32,    35,
+    37,    39
+};
+
+static const short yyrhs[] = {    17,
+     0,    17,     3,    17,    12,    17,     0,    17,     4,    17,
+     0,    17,     5,    17,     0,    17,     6,    17,     0,    17,
+     7,    17,     0,    17,     8,    17,     0,    17,     9,    17,
+     0,    10,    17,     0,    13,     0,    11,     0,    14,    17,
+    15,     0
+};
+
+#endif
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+static const short yyrline[] = { 0,
+   177,   185,   189,   193,   197,   201,   205,   209,   213,   217,
+   221,   226
+};
+#endif
+
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0 || defined (YYERROR_VERBOSE)
+
+static const char * const yytname[] = {   "$","error","$undefined.","'?'","'|'",
+"'&'","EQUOP2","CMPOP2","ADDOP2","MULOP2","'!'","NUMBER","':'","'n'","'('","')'",
+"start","exp", NULL
+};
+#endif
+
+static const short yyr1[] = {     0,
+    16,    17,    17,    17,    17,    17,    17,    17,    17,    17,
+    17,    17
+};
+
+static const short yyr2[] = {     0,
+     1,     5,     3,     3,     3,     3,     3,     3,     2,     1,
+     1,     3
+};
+
+static const short yydefact[] = {     0,
+     0,    11,    10,     0,     1,     9,     0,     0,     0,     0,
+     0,     0,     0,     0,    12,     0,     3,     4,     5,     6,
+     7,     8,     0,     2,     0,     0,     0
+};
+
+static const short yydefgoto[] = {    25,
+     5
+};
+
+static const short yypact[] = {    -9,
+    -9,-32768,-32768,    -9,    34,-32768,    11,    -9,    -9,    -9,
+    -9,    -9,    -9,    -9,-32768,    24,    39,    43,    16,    26,
+    -3,-32768,    -9,    34,    21,    53,-32768
+};
+
+static const short yypgoto[] = {-32768,
+    -1
+};
+
+
+#define	YYLAST		53
+
+
+static const short yytable[] = {     6,
+     1,     2,     7,     3,     4,    14,    16,    17,    18,    19,
+    20,    21,    22,     8,     9,    10,    11,    12,    13,    14,
+    26,    24,    12,    13,    14,    15,     8,     9,    10,    11,
+    12,    13,    14,    13,    14,    23,     8,     9,    10,    11,
+    12,    13,    14,    10,    11,    12,    13,    14,    11,    12,
+    13,    14,    27
+};
+
+static const short yycheck[] = {     1,
+    10,    11,     4,    13,    14,     9,     8,     9,    10,    11,
+    12,    13,    14,     3,     4,     5,     6,     7,     8,     9,
+     0,    23,     7,     8,     9,    15,     3,     4,     5,     6,
+     7,     8,     9,     8,     9,    12,     3,     4,     5,     6,
+     7,     8,     9,     5,     6,     7,     8,     9,     6,     7,
+     8,     9,     0
+};
+#define YYPURE 1
+
+/* -*-C-*-  Note some compilers choke on comments on `#line' lines.  */
+#line 3 "/home/haible/gnu/arch/linuxlibc6/share/bison.simple"
+/* This file comes from bison-1.28.  */
+
+/* Skeleton output parser for bison,
+   Copyright (C) 1984, 1989, 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* As a special exception, when this file is copied by Bison into a
+   Bison output file, you may use that output file without restriction.
+   This special exception was added by the Free Software Foundation
+   in version 1.24 of Bison.  */
+
+/* This is the parser code that is written into each bison parser
+  when the %semantic_parser declaration is not specified in the grammar.
+  It was written by Richard Stallman by simplifying the hairy parser
+  used when %semantic_parser is specified.  */
+
+#ifndef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#ifdef alloca
+#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#else /* alloca not defined */
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#define alloca __builtin_alloca
+#else /* not GNU C.  */
+#if (!defined (__STDC__) && defined (sparc)) || defined (__sparc__) || defined (__sparc) || defined (__sgi) || (defined (__sun) && defined (__i386))
+#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#include <alloca.h>
+#else /* not sparc */
+/* We think this test detects Watcom and Microsoft C.  */
+/* This used to test MSDOS, but that is a bad idea
+   since that symbol is in the user namespace.  */
+#if (defined (_MSDOS) || defined (_MSDOS_)) && !defined (__TURBOC__)
+#if 0 /* No need for malloc.h, which pollutes the namespace;
+	 instead, just don't use alloca.  */
+#include <malloc.h>
+#endif
+#else /* not MSDOS, or __TURBOC__ */
+#if defined(_AIX)
+/* I don't know what this was needed for, but it pollutes the namespace.
+   So I turned it off.   rms, 2 May 1997.  */
+/* #include <malloc.h>  */
+ #pragma alloca
+#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#else /* not MSDOS, or __TURBOC__, or _AIX */
+#if 0
+#ifdef __hpux /* haible@ilog.fr says this works for HPUX 9.05 and up,
+		 and on HPUX 10.  Eventually we can turn this on.  */
+#define YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#define alloca __builtin_alloca
+#endif /* __hpux */
+#endif
+#endif /* not _AIX */
+#endif /* not MSDOS, or __TURBOC__ */
+#endif /* not sparc */
+#endif /* not GNU C */
+#endif /* alloca not defined */
+#endif /* YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA not defined */
+
+#ifdef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#define YYSTACK_ALLOC alloca
+#else
+#define YYSTACK_ALLOC malloc
+#endif
+
+/* Note: there must be only one dollar sign in this file.
+   It is replaced by the list of actions, each action
+   as one case of the switch.  */
+
+#define yyerrok		(yyerrstatus = 0)
+#define yyclearin	(yychar = YYEMPTY)
+#define YYEMPTY		-2
+#define YYEOF		0
+#define YYACCEPT	goto yyacceptlab
+#define YYABORT 	goto yyabortlab
+#define YYERROR		goto yyerrlab1
+/* Like YYERROR except do call yyerror.
+   This remains here temporarily to ease the
+   transition to the new meaning of YYERROR, for GCC.
+   Once GCC version 2 has supplanted version 1, this can go.  */
+#define YYFAIL		goto yyerrlab
+#define YYRECOVERING()  (!!yyerrstatus)
+#define YYBACKUP(token, value) \
+do								\
+  if (yychar == YYEMPTY && yylen == 1)				\
+    { yychar = (token), yylval = (value);			\
+      yychar1 = YYTRANSLATE (yychar);				\
+      YYPOPSTACK;						\
+      goto yybackup;						\
+    }								\
+  else								\
+    { yyerror ("syntax error: cannot back up"); YYERROR; }	\
+while (0)
+
+#define YYTERROR	1
+#define YYERRCODE	256
+
+#ifndef YYPURE
+#define YYLEX		yylex()
+#endif
+
+#ifdef YYPURE
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+#ifdef YYLEX_PARAM
+#define YYLEX		yylex(&yylval, &yylloc, YYLEX_PARAM)
+#else
+#define YYLEX		yylex(&yylval, &yylloc)
+#endif
+#else /* not YYLSP_NEEDED */
+#ifdef YYLEX_PARAM
+#define YYLEX		yylex(&yylval, YYLEX_PARAM)
+#else
+#define YYLEX		yylex(&yylval)
+#endif
+#endif /* not YYLSP_NEEDED */
+#endif
+
+/* If nonreentrant, generate the variables here */
+
+#ifndef YYPURE
+
+int	yychar;			/*  the lookahead symbol		*/
+YYSTYPE	yylval;			/*  the semantic value of the		*/
+				/*  lookahead symbol			*/
+
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+YYLTYPE yylloc;			/*  location data for the lookahead	*/
+				/*  symbol				*/
+#endif
+
+int yynerrs;			/*  number of parse errors so far       */
+#endif  /* not YYPURE */
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+int yydebug;			/*  nonzero means print parse trace	*/
+/* Since this is uninitialized, it does not stop multiple parsers
+   from coexisting.  */
+#endif
+
+/*  YYINITDEPTH indicates the initial size of the parser's stacks	*/
+
+#ifndef	YYINITDEPTH
+#define YYINITDEPTH 200
+#endif
+
+/*  YYMAXDEPTH is the maximum size the stacks can grow to
+    (effective only if the built-in stack extension method is used).  */
+
+#if YYMAXDEPTH == 0
+#undef YYMAXDEPTH
+#endif
+
+#ifndef YYMAXDEPTH
+#define YYMAXDEPTH 10000
+#endif
+
+/* Define __yy_memcpy.  Note that the size argument
+   should be passed with type unsigned int, because that is what the non-GCC
+   definitions require.  With GCC, __builtin_memcpy takes an arg
+   of type size_t, but it can handle unsigned int.  */
+
+#if __GNUC__ > 1		/* GNU C and GNU C++ define this.  */
+#define __yy_memcpy(TO,FROM,COUNT)	__builtin_memcpy(TO,FROM,COUNT)
+#else				/* not GNU C or C++ */
+#ifndef __cplusplus
+
+/* This is the most reliable way to avoid incompatibilities
+   in available built-in functions on various systems.  */
+static void
+__yy_memcpy (to, from, count)
+     char *to;
+     char *from;
+     unsigned int count;
+{
+  register char *f = from;
+  register char *t = to;
+  register int i = count;
+
+  while (i-- > 0)
+    *t++ = *f++;
+}
+
+#else /* __cplusplus */
+
+/* This is the most reliable way to avoid incompatibilities
+   in available built-in functions on various systems.  */
+static void
+__yy_memcpy (char *to, char *from, unsigned int count)
+{
+  register char *t = to;
+  register char *f = from;
+  register int i = count;
+
+  while (i-- > 0)
+    *t++ = *f++;
+}
+
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#line 217 "/home/haible/gnu/arch/linuxlibc6/share/bison.simple"
+
+/* The user can define YYPARSE_PARAM as the name of an argument to be passed
+   into yyparse.  The argument should have type void *.
+   It should actually point to an object.
+   Grammar actions can access the variable by casting it
+   to the proper pointer type.  */
+
+#ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG void *YYPARSE_PARAM
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL
+#else /* not __cplusplus */
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG YYPARSE_PARAM
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL void *YYPARSE_PARAM;
+#endif /* not __cplusplus */
+#else /* not YYPARSE_PARAM */
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL
+#endif /* not YYPARSE_PARAM */
+
+/* Prevent warning if -Wstrict-prototypes.  */
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM
+int yyparse (void *);
+#else
+int yyparse (void);
+#endif
+#endif
+
+int
+yyparse(YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG)
+     YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL
+{
+  register int yystate;
+  register int yyn;
+  register short *yyssp;
+  register YYSTYPE *yyvsp;
+  int yyerrstatus;	/*  number of tokens to shift before error messages enabled */
+  int yychar1 = 0;		/*  lookahead token as an internal (translated) token number */
+
+  short	yyssa[YYINITDEPTH];	/*  the state stack			*/
+  YYSTYPE yyvsa[YYINITDEPTH];	/*  the semantic value stack		*/
+
+  short *yyss = yyssa;		/*  refer to the stacks thru separate pointers */
+  YYSTYPE *yyvs = yyvsa;	/*  to allow yyoverflow to reallocate them elsewhere */
+
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+  YYLTYPE yylsa[YYINITDEPTH];	/*  the location stack			*/
+  YYLTYPE *yyls = yylsa;
+  YYLTYPE *yylsp;
+
+#define YYPOPSTACK   (yyvsp--, yyssp--, yylsp--)
+#else
+#define YYPOPSTACK   (yyvsp--, yyssp--)
+#endif
+
+  int yystacksize = YYINITDEPTH;
+  int yyfree_stacks = 0;
+
+#ifdef YYPURE
+  int yychar;
+  YYSTYPE yylval;
+  int yynerrs;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+  YYLTYPE yylloc;
+#endif
+#endif
+
+  YYSTYPE yyval;		/*  the variable used to return		*/
+				/*  semantic values from the action	*/
+				/*  routines				*/
+
+  int yylen;
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+  if (yydebug)
+    fprintf(stderr, "Starting parse\n");
+#endif
+
+  yystate = 0;
+  yyerrstatus = 0;
+  yynerrs = 0;
+  yychar = YYEMPTY;		/* Cause a token to be read.  */
+
+  /* Initialize stack pointers.
+     Waste one element of value and location stack
+     so that they stay on the same level as the state stack.
+     The wasted elements are never initialized.  */
+
+  yyssp = yyss - 1;
+  yyvsp = yyvs;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+  yylsp = yyls;
+#endif
+
+/* Push a new state, which is found in  yystate  .  */
+/* In all cases, when you get here, the value and location stacks
+   have just been pushed. so pushing a state here evens the stacks.  */
+yynewstate:
+
+  *++yyssp = yystate;
+
+  if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1)
+    {
+      /* Give user a chance to reallocate the stack */
+      /* Use copies of these so that the &'s don't force the real ones into memory. */
+      YYSTYPE *yyvs1 = yyvs;
+      short *yyss1 = yyss;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+      YYLTYPE *yyls1 = yyls;
+#endif
+
+      /* Get the current used size of the three stacks, in elements.  */
+      int size = yyssp - yyss + 1;
+
+#ifdef yyoverflow
+      /* Each stack pointer address is followed by the size of
+	 the data in use in that stack, in bytes.  */
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+      /* This used to be a conditional around just the two extra args,
+	 but that might be undefined if yyoverflow is a macro.  */
+      yyoverflow("parser stack overflow",
+		 &yyss1, size * sizeof (*yyssp),
+		 &yyvs1, size * sizeof (*yyvsp),
+		 &yyls1, size * sizeof (*yylsp),
+		 &yystacksize);
+#else
+      yyoverflow("parser stack overflow",
+		 &yyss1, size * sizeof (*yyssp),
+		 &yyvs1, size * sizeof (*yyvsp),
+		 &yystacksize);
+#endif
+
+      yyss = yyss1; yyvs = yyvs1;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+      yyls = yyls1;
+#endif
+#else /* no yyoverflow */
+      /* Extend the stack our own way.  */
+      if (yystacksize >= YYMAXDEPTH)
+	{
+	  yyerror("parser stack overflow");
+	  if (yyfree_stacks)
+	    {
+	      free (yyss);
+	      free (yyvs);
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+	      free (yyls);
+#endif
+	    }
+	  return 2;
+	}
+      yystacksize *= 2;
+      if (yystacksize > YYMAXDEPTH)
+	yystacksize = YYMAXDEPTH;
+#ifndef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+      yyfree_stacks = 1;
+#endif
+      yyss = (short *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yystacksize * sizeof (*yyssp));
+      __yy_memcpy ((char *)yyss, (char *)yyss1,
+		   size * (unsigned int) sizeof (*yyssp));
+      yyvs = (YYSTYPE *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yystacksize * sizeof (*yyvsp));
+      __yy_memcpy ((char *)yyvs, (char *)yyvs1,
+		   size * (unsigned int) sizeof (*yyvsp));
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+      yyls = (YYLTYPE *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yystacksize * sizeof (*yylsp));
+      __yy_memcpy ((char *)yyls, (char *)yyls1,
+		   size * (unsigned int) sizeof (*yylsp));
+#endif
+#endif /* no yyoverflow */
+
+      yyssp = yyss + size - 1;
+      yyvsp = yyvs + size - 1;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+      yylsp = yyls + size - 1;
+#endif
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+      if (yydebug)
+	fprintf(stderr, "Stack size increased to %d\n", yystacksize);
+#endif
+
+      if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1)
+	YYABORT;
+    }
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+  if (yydebug)
+    fprintf(stderr, "Entering state %d\n", yystate);
+#endif
+
+  goto yybackup;
+ yybackup:
+
+/* Do appropriate processing given the current state.  */
+/* Read a lookahead token if we need one and don't already have one.  */
+/* yyresume: */
+
+  /* First try to decide what to do without reference to lookahead token.  */
+
+  yyn = yypact[yystate];
+  if (yyn == YYFLAG)
+    goto yydefault;
+
+  /* Not known => get a lookahead token if don't already have one.  */
+
+  /* yychar is either YYEMPTY or YYEOF
+     or a valid token in external form.  */
+
+  if (yychar == YYEMPTY)
+    {
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+      if (yydebug)
+	fprintf(stderr, "Reading a token: ");
+#endif
+      yychar = YYLEX;
+    }
+
+  /* Convert token to internal form (in yychar1) for indexing tables with */
+
+  if (yychar <= 0)		/* This means end of input. */
+    {
+      yychar1 = 0;
+      yychar = YYEOF;		/* Don't call YYLEX any more */
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+      if (yydebug)
+	fprintf(stderr, "Now at end of input.\n");
+#endif
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      yychar1 = YYTRANSLATE(yychar);
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+      if (yydebug)
+	{
+	  fprintf (stderr, "Next token is %d (%s", yychar, yytname[yychar1]);
+	  /* Give the individual parser a way to print the precise meaning
+	     of a token, for further debugging info.  */
+#ifdef YYPRINT
+	  YYPRINT (stderr, yychar, yylval);
+#endif
+	  fprintf (stderr, ")\n");
+	}
+#endif
+    }
+
+  yyn += yychar1;
+  if (yyn < 0 || yyn > YYLAST || yycheck[yyn] != yychar1)
+    goto yydefault;
+
+  yyn = yytable[yyn];
+
+  /* yyn is what to do for this token type in this state.
+     Negative => reduce, -yyn is rule number.
+     Positive => shift, yyn is new state.
+       New state is final state => don't bother to shift,
+       just return success.
+     0, or most negative number => error.  */
+
+  if (yyn < 0)
+    {
+      if (yyn == YYFLAG)
+	goto yyerrlab;
+      yyn = -yyn;
+      goto yyreduce;
+    }
+  else if (yyn == 0)
+    goto yyerrlab;
+
+  if (yyn == YYFINAL)
+    YYACCEPT;
+
+  /* Shift the lookahead token.  */
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+  if (yydebug)
+    fprintf(stderr, "Shifting token %d (%s), ", yychar, yytname[yychar1]);
+#endif
+
+  /* Discard the token being shifted unless it is eof.  */
+  if (yychar != YYEOF)
+    yychar = YYEMPTY;
+
+  *++yyvsp = yylval;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+  *++yylsp = yylloc;
+#endif
+
+  /* count tokens shifted since error; after three, turn off error status.  */
+  if (yyerrstatus) yyerrstatus--;
+
+  yystate = yyn;
+  goto yynewstate;
+
+/* Do the default action for the current state.  */
+yydefault:
+
+  yyn = yydefact[yystate];
+  if (yyn == 0)
+    goto yyerrlab;
+
+/* Do a reduction.  yyn is the number of a rule to reduce with.  */
+yyreduce:
+  yylen = yyr2[yyn];
+  if (yylen > 0)
+    yyval = yyvsp[1-yylen]; /* implement default value of the action */
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+  if (yydebug)
+    {
+      int i;
+
+      fprintf (stderr, "Reducing via rule %d (line %d), ",
+	       yyn, yyrline[yyn]);
+
+      /* Print the symbols being reduced, and their result.  */
+      for (i = yyprhs[yyn]; yyrhs[i] > 0; i++)
+	fprintf (stderr, "%s ", yytname[yyrhs[i]]);
+      fprintf (stderr, " -> %s\n", yytname[yyr1[yyn]]);
+    }
+#endif
+
+
+  switch (yyn) {
+
+case 1:
+#line 178 "plural.y"
+{
+	    if (yyvsp[0].exp == NULL)
+	      YYABORT;
+	    ((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = yyvsp[0].exp;
+	  ;
+    break;}
+case 2:
+#line 186 "plural.y"
+{
+	    yyval.exp = new_exp_3 (qmop, yyvsp[-4].exp, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+	  ;
+    break;}
+case 3:
+#line 190 "plural.y"
+{
+	    yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (lor, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+	  ;
+    break;}
+case 4:
+#line 194 "plural.y"
+{
+	    yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (land, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+	  ;
+    break;}
+case 5:
+#line 198 "plural.y"
+{
+	    yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+	  ;
+    break;}
+case 6:
+#line 202 "plural.y"
+{
+	    yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+	  ;
+    break;}
+case 7:
+#line 206 "plural.y"
+{
+	    yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+	  ;
+    break;}
+case 8:
+#line 210 "plural.y"
+{
+	    yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp);
+	  ;
+    break;}
+case 9:
+#line 214 "plural.y"
+{
+	    yyval.exp = new_exp_1 (lnot, yyvsp[0].exp);
+	  ;
+    break;}
+case 10:
+#line 218 "plural.y"
+{
+	    yyval.exp = new_exp_0 (var);
+	  ;
+    break;}
+case 11:
+#line 222 "plural.y"
+{
+	    if ((yyval.exp = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL)
+	      yyval.exp->val.num = yyvsp[0].num;
+	  ;
+    break;}
+case 12:
+#line 227 "plural.y"
+{
+	    yyval.exp = yyvsp[-1].exp;
+	  ;
+    break;}
+}
+   /* the action file gets copied in in place of this dollarsign */
+#line 543 "/home/haible/gnu/arch/linuxlibc6/share/bison.simple"
+
+  yyvsp -= yylen;
+  yyssp -= yylen;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+  yylsp -= yylen;
+#endif
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+  if (yydebug)
+    {
+      short *ssp1 = yyss - 1;
+      fprintf (stderr, "state stack now");
+      while (ssp1 != yyssp)
+	fprintf (stderr, " %d", *++ssp1);
+      fprintf (stderr, "\n");
+    }
+#endif
+
+  *++yyvsp = yyval;
+
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+  yylsp++;
+  if (yylen == 0)
+    {
+      yylsp->first_line = yylloc.first_line;
+      yylsp->first_column = yylloc.first_column;
+      yylsp->last_line = (yylsp-1)->last_line;
+      yylsp->last_column = (yylsp-1)->last_column;
+      yylsp->text = 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      yylsp->last_line = (yylsp+yylen-1)->last_line;
+      yylsp->last_column = (yylsp+yylen-1)->last_column;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  /* Now "shift" the result of the reduction.
+     Determine what state that goes to,
+     based on the state we popped back to
+     and the rule number reduced by.  */
+
+  yyn = yyr1[yyn];
+
+  yystate = yypgoto[yyn - YYNTBASE] + *yyssp;
+  if (yystate >= 0 && yystate <= YYLAST && yycheck[yystate] == *yyssp)
+    yystate = yytable[yystate];
+  else
+    yystate = yydefgoto[yyn - YYNTBASE];
+
+  goto yynewstate;
+
+yyerrlab:   /* here on detecting error */
+
+  if (! yyerrstatus)
+    /* If not already recovering from an error, report this error.  */
+    {
+      ++yynerrs;
+
+#ifdef YYERROR_VERBOSE
+      yyn = yypact[yystate];
+
+      if (yyn > YYFLAG && yyn < YYLAST)
+	{
+	  int size = 0;
+	  char *msg;
+	  int x, count;
+
+	  count = 0;
+	  /* Start X at -yyn if nec to avoid negative indexes in yycheck.  */
+	  for (x = (yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0);
+	       x < (sizeof(yytname) / sizeof(char *)); x++)
+	    if (yycheck[x + yyn] == x)
+	      size += strlen(yytname[x]) + 15, count++;
+	  msg = (char *) malloc(size + 15);
+	  if (msg != 0)
+	    {
+	      strcpy(msg, "parse error");
+
+	      if (count < 5)
+		{
+		  count = 0;
+		  for (x = (yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0);
+		       x < (sizeof(yytname) / sizeof(char *)); x++)
+		    if (yycheck[x + yyn] == x)
+		      {
+			strcat(msg, count == 0 ? ", expecting `" : " or `");
+			strcat(msg, yytname[x]);
+			strcat(msg, "'");
+			count++;
+		      }
+		}
+	      yyerror(msg);
+	      free(msg);
+	    }
+	  else
+	    yyerror ("parse error; also virtual memory exceeded");
+	}
+      else
+#endif /* YYERROR_VERBOSE */
+	yyerror("parse error");
+    }
+
+  goto yyerrlab1;
+yyerrlab1:   /* here on error raised explicitly by an action */
+
+  if (yyerrstatus == 3)
+    {
+      /* if just tried and failed to reuse lookahead token after an error, discard it.  */
+
+      /* return failure if at end of input */
+      if (yychar == YYEOF)
+	YYABORT;
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+      if (yydebug)
+	fprintf(stderr, "Discarding token %d (%s).\n", yychar, yytname[yychar1]);
+#endif
+
+      yychar = YYEMPTY;
+    }
+
+  /* Else will try to reuse lookahead token
+     after shifting the error token.  */
+
+  yyerrstatus = 3;		/* Each real token shifted decrements this */
+
+  goto yyerrhandle;
+
+yyerrdefault:  /* current state does not do anything special for the error token. */
+
+#if 0
+  /* This is wrong; only states that explicitly want error tokens
+     should shift them.  */
+  yyn = yydefact[yystate];  /* If its default is to accept any token, ok.  Otherwise pop it.*/
+  if (yyn) goto yydefault;
+#endif
+
+yyerrpop:   /* pop the current state because it cannot handle the error token */
+
+  if (yyssp == yyss) YYABORT;
+  yyvsp--;
+  yystate = *--yyssp;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+  yylsp--;
+#endif
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+  if (yydebug)
+    {
+      short *ssp1 = yyss - 1;
+      fprintf (stderr, "Error: state stack now");
+      while (ssp1 != yyssp)
+	fprintf (stderr, " %d", *++ssp1);
+      fprintf (stderr, "\n");
+    }
+#endif
+
+yyerrhandle:
+
+  yyn = yypact[yystate];
+  if (yyn == YYFLAG)
+    goto yyerrdefault;
+
+  yyn += YYTERROR;
+  if (yyn < 0 || yyn > YYLAST || yycheck[yyn] != YYTERROR)
+    goto yyerrdefault;
+
+  yyn = yytable[yyn];
+  if (yyn < 0)
+    {
+      if (yyn == YYFLAG)
+	goto yyerrpop;
+      yyn = -yyn;
+      goto yyreduce;
+    }
+  else if (yyn == 0)
+    goto yyerrpop;
+
+  if (yyn == YYFINAL)
+    YYACCEPT;
+
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+  if (yydebug)
+    fprintf(stderr, "Shifting error token, ");
+#endif
+
+  *++yyvsp = yylval;
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+  *++yylsp = yylloc;
+#endif
+
+  yystate = yyn;
+  goto yynewstate;
+
+ yyacceptlab:
+  /* YYACCEPT comes here.  */
+  if (yyfree_stacks)
+    {
+      free (yyss);
+      free (yyvs);
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+      free (yyls);
+#endif
+    }
+  return 0;
+
+ yyabortlab:
+  /* YYABORT comes here.  */
+  if (yyfree_stacks)
+    {
+      free (yyss);
+      free (yyvs);
+#ifdef YYLSP_NEEDED
+      free (yyls);
+#endif
+    }
+  return 1;
+}
+#line 232 "plural.y"
+
+
+void
+internal_function
+FREE_EXPRESSION (exp)
+     struct expression *exp;
+{
+  if (exp == NULL)
+    return;
+
+  /* Handle the recursive case.  */
+  switch (exp->nargs)
+    {
+    case 3:
+      FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]);
+      /* FALLTHROUGH */
+    case 2:
+      FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]);
+      /* FALLTHROUGH */
+    case 1:
+      FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]);
+      /* FALLTHROUGH */
+    default:
+      break;
+    }
+
+  free (exp);
+}
+
+
+static int
+yylex (lval, pexp)
+     YYSTYPE *lval;
+     const char **pexp;
+{
+  const char *exp = *pexp;
+  int result;
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      if (exp[0] == '\0')
+	{
+	  *pexp = exp;
+	  return YYEOF;
+	}
+
+      if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t')
+	break;
+
+      ++exp;
+    }
+
+  result = *exp++;
+  switch (result)
+    {
+    case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+    case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+      {
+	unsigned long int n = result - '0';
+	while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9')
+	  {
+	    n *= 10;
+	    n += exp[0] - '0';
+	    ++exp;
+	  }
+	lval->num = n;
+	result = NUMBER;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case '=':
+      if (exp[0] == '=')
+	{
+	  ++exp;
+	  lval->op = equal;
+	  result = EQUOP2;
+	}
+      else
+	result = YYERRCODE;
+      break;
+
+    case '!':
+      if (exp[0] == '=')
+	{
+	  ++exp;
+	  lval->op = not_equal;
+	  result = EQUOP2;
+	}
+      break;
+
+    case '&':
+    case '|':
+      if (exp[0] == result)
+	++exp;
+      else
+	result = YYERRCODE;
+      break;
+
+    case '<':
+      if (exp[0] == '=')
+	{
+	  ++exp;
+	  lval->op = less_or_equal;
+	}
+      else
+	lval->op = less_than;
+      result = CMPOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '>':
+      if (exp[0] == '=')
+	{
+	  ++exp;
+	  lval->op = greater_or_equal;
+	}
+      else
+	lval->op = greater_than;
+      result = CMPOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '*':
+      lval->op = mult;
+      result = MULOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '/':
+      lval->op = divide;
+      result = MULOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '%':
+      lval->op = module;
+      result = MULOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '+':
+      lval->op = plus;
+      result = ADDOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '-':
+      lval->op = minus;
+      result = ADDOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case 'n':
+    case '?':
+    case ':':
+    case '(':
+    case ')':
+      /* Nothing, just return the character.  */
+      break;
+
+    case ';':
+    case '\n':
+    case '\0':
+      /* Be safe and let the user call this function again.  */
+      --exp;
+      result = YYEOF;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      result = YYERRCODE;
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+      --exp;
+#endif
+      break;
+    }
+
+  *pexp = exp;
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+
+static void
+yyerror (str)
+     const char *str;
+{
+  /* Do nothing.  We don't print error messages here.  */
+}
diff --git a/intl/plural.y b/intl/plural.y
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..42ffa0eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/plural.y
@@ -0,0 +1,412 @@
+%{
+/* Expression parsing for plural form selection.
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* The bison generated parser uses alloca.  AIX 3 forces us to put this
+   declaration at the beginning of the file.  The declaration in bison's
+   skeleton file comes too late.  This must come before <config.h>
+   because <config.h> may include arbitrary system headers.  */
+#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__
+ #pragma alloca
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define FREE_EXPRESSION __gettext_free_exp
+#else
+# define FREE_EXPRESSION gettext_free_exp__
+# define __gettextparse gettextparse__
+#endif
+
+#define YYLEX_PARAM	&((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM	arg
+%}
+%pure_parser
+%expect 10
+
+%union {
+  unsigned long int num;
+  enum operator op;
+  struct expression *exp;
+}
+
+%{
+/* Prototypes for local functions.  */
+static struct expression *new_exp PARAMS ((int nargs, enum operator op,
+					   struct expression * const *args));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_0 PARAMS ((enum operator op));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_1 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+						   struct expression *right));
+static struct expression *new_exp_2 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+					     struct expression *left,
+					     struct expression *right));
+static inline struct expression *new_exp_3 PARAMS ((enum operator op,
+						   struct expression *bexp,
+						   struct expression *tbranch,
+						   struct expression *fbranch));
+static int yylex PARAMS ((YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp));
+static void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *str));
+
+/* Allocation of expressions.  */
+
+static struct expression *
+new_exp (nargs, op, args)
+     int nargs;
+     enum operator op;
+     struct expression * const *args;
+{
+  int i;
+  struct expression *newp;
+
+  /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL.  */
+  for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+    if (args[i] == NULL)
+      goto fail;
+
+  /* Allocate a new expression.  */
+  newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp));
+  if (newp != NULL)
+    {
+      newp->nargs = nargs;
+      newp->operation = op;
+      for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+	newp->val.args[i] = args[i];
+      return newp;
+    }
+
+ fail:
+  for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+    FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]);
+
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_0 (op)
+     enum operator op;
+{
+  return new_exp (0, op, NULL);
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_1 (op, right)
+     enum operator op;
+     struct expression *right;
+{
+  struct expression *args[1];
+
+  args[0] = right;
+  return new_exp (1, op, args);
+}
+
+static struct expression *
+new_exp_2 (op, left, right)
+     enum operator op;
+     struct expression *left;
+     struct expression *right;
+{
+  struct expression *args[2];
+
+  args[0] = left;
+  args[1] = right;
+  return new_exp (2, op, args);
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_3 (op, bexp, tbranch, fbranch)
+     enum operator op;
+     struct expression *bexp;
+     struct expression *tbranch;
+     struct expression *fbranch;
+{
+  struct expression *args[3];
+
+  args[0] = bexp;
+  args[1] = tbranch;
+  args[2] = fbranch;
+  return new_exp (3, op, args);
+}
+
+%}
+
+/* This declares that all operators have the same associativity and the
+   precedence order as in C.  See [Harbison, Steele: C, A Reference Manual].
+   There is no unary minus and no bitwise operators.
+   Operators with the same syntactic behaviour have been merged into a single
+   token, to save space in the array generated by bison.  */
+%right '?'		/*   ?		*/
+%left '|'		/*   ||		*/
+%left '&'		/*   &&		*/
+%left EQUOP2		/*   == !=	*/
+%left CMPOP2		/*   < > <= >=	*/
+%left ADDOP2		/*   + -	*/
+%left MULOP2		/*   * / %	*/
+%right '!'		/*   !		*/
+
+%token <op> EQUOP2 CMPOP2 ADDOP2 MULOP2
+%token <num> NUMBER
+%type <exp> exp
+
+%%
+
+start:	  exp
+	  {
+	    if ($1 == NULL)
+	      YYABORT;
+	    ((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = $1;
+	  }
+	;
+
+exp:	  exp '?' exp ':' exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_3 (qmop, $1, $3, $5);
+	  }
+	| exp '|' exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_2 (lor, $1, $3);
+	  }
+	| exp '&' exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_2 (land, $1, $3);
+	  }
+	| exp EQUOP2 exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+	  }
+	| exp CMPOP2 exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+	  }
+	| exp ADDOP2 exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+	  }
+	| exp MULOP2 exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+	  }
+	| '!' exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_1 (lnot, $2);
+	  }
+	| 'n'
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_0 (var);
+	  }
+	| NUMBER
+	  {
+	    if (($$ = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL)
+	      $$->val.num = $1;
+	  }
+	| '(' exp ')'
+	  {
+	    $$ = $2;
+	  }
+	;
+
+%%
+
+void
+internal_function
+FREE_EXPRESSION (exp)
+     struct expression *exp;
+{
+  if (exp == NULL)
+    return;
+
+  /* Handle the recursive case.  */
+  switch (exp->nargs)
+    {
+    case 3:
+      FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]);
+      /* FALLTHROUGH */
+    case 2:
+      FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]);
+      /* FALLTHROUGH */
+    case 1:
+      FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]);
+      /* FALLTHROUGH */
+    default:
+      break;
+    }
+
+  free (exp);
+}
+
+
+static int
+yylex (lval, pexp)
+     YYSTYPE *lval;
+     const char **pexp;
+{
+  const char *exp = *pexp;
+  int result;
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      if (exp[0] == '\0')
+	{
+	  *pexp = exp;
+	  return YYEOF;
+	}
+
+      if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t')
+	break;
+
+      ++exp;
+    }
+
+  result = *exp++;
+  switch (result)
+    {
+    case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+    case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+      {
+	unsigned long int n = result - '0';
+	while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9')
+	  {
+	    n *= 10;
+	    n += exp[0] - '0';
+	    ++exp;
+	  }
+	lval->num = n;
+	result = NUMBER;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case '=':
+      if (exp[0] == '=')
+	{
+	  ++exp;
+	  lval->op = equal;
+	  result = EQUOP2;
+	}
+      else
+	result = YYERRCODE;
+      break;
+
+    case '!':
+      if (exp[0] == '=')
+	{
+	  ++exp;
+	  lval->op = not_equal;
+	  result = EQUOP2;
+	}
+      break;
+
+    case '&':
+    case '|':
+      if (exp[0] == result)
+	++exp;
+      else
+	result = YYERRCODE;
+      break;
+
+    case '<':
+      if (exp[0] == '=')
+	{
+	  ++exp;
+	  lval->op = less_or_equal;
+	}
+      else
+	lval->op = less_than;
+      result = CMPOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '>':
+      if (exp[0] == '=')
+	{
+	  ++exp;
+	  lval->op = greater_or_equal;
+	}
+      else
+	lval->op = greater_than;
+      result = CMPOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '*':
+      lval->op = mult;
+      result = MULOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '/':
+      lval->op = divide;
+      result = MULOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '%':
+      lval->op = module;
+      result = MULOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '+':
+      lval->op = plus;
+      result = ADDOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '-':
+      lval->op = minus;
+      result = ADDOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case 'n':
+    case '?':
+    case ':':
+    case '(':
+    case ')':
+      /* Nothing, just return the character.  */
+      break;
+
+    case ';':
+    case '\n':
+    case '\0':
+      /* Be safe and let the user call this function again.  */
+      --exp;
+      result = YYEOF;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      result = YYERRCODE;
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+      --exp;
+#endif
+      break;
+    }
+
+  *pexp = exp;
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+
+static void
+yyerror (str)
+     const char *str;
+{
+  /* Do nothing.  We don't print error messages here.  */
+}
diff --git a/intl/po2tbl.sed.in b/intl/po2tbl.sed.in
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b3bcca4d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/po2tbl.sed.in
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+# po2tbl.sed - Convert Uniforum style .po file to lookup table for catgets
+# Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+#
+1 {
+  i\
+/* Automatically generated by po2tbl.sed from @PACKAGE NAME@.pot.  */\
+\
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H\
+# include <config.h>\
+#endif\
+\
+#include "libgettext.h"\
+\
+const struct _msg_ent _msg_tbl[] = {
+  h
+  s/.*/0/
+  x
+}
+#
+# Write msgid entries in C array form.
+#
+/^msgid/ {
+  s/msgid[ 	]*\(".*"\)/  {\1/
+  tb
+# Append the next line
+  :b
+  N
+# Look whether second part is continuation line.
+  s/\(.*\)"\(\n\)"\(.*"\)/\1\2\3/
+# Yes, then branch.
+  ta
+# Because we assume that the input file correctly formed the line
+# just read cannot be again be a msgid line.  So it's safe to ignore
+# it.
+  s/\(.*\)\n.*/\1/
+  bc
+# We found a continuation line.  But before printing insert '\'.
+  :a
+  s/\(.*\)\(\n.*\)/\1\\\2/
+  P
+# We cannot use D here.
+  s/.*\n\(.*\)/\1/
+# Some buggy seds do not clear the `successful substitution since last ``t'''
+# flag on `N', so we do a `t' here to clear it.
+  tb
+# Not reached
+  :c
+  x
+# The following nice solution is by
+# Bruno <Haible@ma2s2.mathematik.uni-karlsruhe.de>
+  td
+# Increment a decimal number in pattern space.
+# First hide trailing `9' digits.
+  :d
+  s/9\(_*\)$/_\1/
+  td
+# Assure at least one digit is available.
+  s/^\(_*\)$/0\1/
+# Increment the last digit.
+  s/8\(_*\)$/9\1/
+  s/7\(_*\)$/8\1/
+  s/6\(_*\)$/7\1/
+  s/5\(_*\)$/6\1/
+  s/4\(_*\)$/5\1/
+  s/3\(_*\)$/4\1/
+  s/2\(_*\)$/3\1/
+  s/1\(_*\)$/2\1/
+  s/0\(_*\)$/1\1/
+# Convert the hidden `9' digits to `0's.
+  s/_/0/g
+  x
+  G
+  s/\(.*\)\n\([0-9]*\)/\1, \2},/
+  s/\(.*\)"$/\1/
+  p
+}
+#
+# Last line.
+#
+$ {
+  i\
+};\
+
+  g
+  s/0*\(.*\)/int _msg_tbl_length = \1;/p
+}
+d
diff --git a/intl/ref-add.sin b/intl/ref-add.sin
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..167374e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/ref-add.sin
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+# Add this package to a list of references stored in a text file.
+#
+#   Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+#   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+#   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+#   any later version.
+#
+#   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+#   Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+#   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+#   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+#   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+#   USA.
+#
+# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.
+#
+/^# Packages using this file: / {
+  s/# Packages using this file://
+  ta
+  :a
+  s/ @PACKAGE@ / @PACKAGE@ /
+  tb
+  s/ $/ @PACKAGE@ /
+  :b
+  s/^/# Packages using this file:/
+}
diff --git a/intl/ref-del.sin b/intl/ref-del.sin
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..613cf37f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/ref-del.sin
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+# Remove this package from a list of references stored in a text file.
+#
+#   Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+#   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+#   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+#   any later version.
+#
+#   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+#   Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+#   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+#   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+#   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+#   USA.
+#
+# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.
+#
+/^# Packages using this file: / {
+  s/# Packages using this file://
+  s/ @PACKAGE@ / /
+  s/^/# Packages using this file:/
+}
diff --git a/intl/textdomain.c b/intl/textdomain.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..05c2fd76
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/textdomain.c
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+/* Implementation of the textdomain(3) function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* We have to handle multi-threaded applications.  */
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+#else
+/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc.  */
+# define __libc_rwlock_define(CLASS, NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_wrlock(NAME)
+# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME)
+#endif
+
+/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
+   names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
+   using libintl.a cannot be linked statically.  */
+#if !defined _LIBC
+# define _nl_default_default_domain _nl_default_default_domain__
+# define _nl_current_default_domain _nl_current_default_domain__
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Name of the default text domain.  */
+extern const char _nl_default_default_domain[];
+
+/* Default text domain in which entries for gettext(3) are to be found.  */
+extern const char *_nl_current_default_domain;
+
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define TEXTDOMAIN __textdomain
+# ifndef strdup
+#  define strdup(str) __strdup (str)
+# endif
+#else
+# define TEXTDOMAIN textdomain__
+#endif
+
+/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation.  */
+__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock)
+
+/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
+   If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
+   If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages".  */
+char *
+TEXTDOMAIN (domainname)
+     const char *domainname;
+{
+  char *new_domain;
+  char *old_domain;
+
+  /* A NULL pointer requests the current setting.  */
+  if (domainname == NULL)
+    return (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
+
+  __libc_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock);
+
+  old_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
+
+  /* If domain name is the null string set to default domain "messages".  */
+  if (domainname[0] == '\0'
+      || strcmp (domainname, _nl_default_default_domain) == 0)
+    {
+      _nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain;
+      new_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
+    }
+  else if (strcmp (domainname, old_domain) == 0)
+    /* This can happen and people will use it to signal that some
+       environment variable changed.  */
+    new_domain = old_domain;
+  else
+    {
+      /* If the following malloc fails `_nl_current_default_domain'
+	 will be NULL.  This value will be returned and so signals we
+	 are out of core.  */
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+      new_domain = strdup (domainname);
+#else
+      size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
+      new_domain = (char *) malloc (len);
+      if (new_domain != NULL)
+	memcpy (new_domain, domainname, len);
+#endif
+
+      if (new_domain != NULL)
+	_nl_current_default_domain = new_domain;
+    }
+
+  /* We use this possibility to signal a change of the loaded catalogs
+     since this is most likely the case and there is no other easy we
+     to do it.  Do it only when the call was successful.  */
+  if (new_domain != NULL)
+    {
+      ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+
+      if (old_domain != new_domain && old_domain != _nl_default_default_domain)
+	free (old_domain);
+    }
+
+  __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
+
+  return new_domain;
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__textdomain, textdomain);
+#endif
diff --git a/intl/xopen-msg.sed b/intl/xopen-msg.sed
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b19c0bbd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/xopen-msg.sed
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+# po2msg.sed - Convert Uniforum style .po file to X/Open style .msg file
+# Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+#
+#
+# The first directive in the .msg should be the definition of the
+# message set number.  We use always set number 1.
+#
+1 {
+  i\
+$set 1 # Automatically created by po2msg.sed
+  h
+  s/.*/0/
+  x
+}
+#
+# We copy all comments into the .msg file.  Perhaps they can help.
+#
+/^#/ s/^#[ 	]*/$ /p
+#
+# We copy the original message as a comment into the .msg file.
+#
+/^msgid/ {
+# Does not work now
+#  /"$/! {
+#    s/\\$//
+#    s/$/ ... (more lines following)"/
+#  }
+  s/^msgid[ 	]*"\(.*\)"$/$ Original Message: \1/
+  p
+}
+#
+# The .msg file contains, other then the .po file, only the translations
+# but each given a unique ID.  Starting from 1 and incrementing by 1 for
+# each message we assign them to the messages.
+# It is important that the .po file used to generate the cat-id-tbl.c file
+# (with po-to-tbl) is the same as the one used here.  (At least the order
+# of declarations must not be changed.)
+#
+/^msgstr/ {
+  s/msgstr[ 	]*"\(.*\)"/\1/
+  x
+# The following nice solution is by
+# Bruno <Haible@ma2s2.mathematik.uni-karlsruhe.de>
+  td
+# Increment a decimal number in pattern space.
+# First hide trailing `9' digits.
+  :d
+  s/9\(_*\)$/_\1/
+  td
+# Assure at least one digit is available.
+  s/^\(_*\)$/0\1/
+# Increment the last digit.
+  s/8\(_*\)$/9\1/
+  s/7\(_*\)$/8\1/
+  s/6\(_*\)$/7\1/
+  s/5\(_*\)$/6\1/
+  s/4\(_*\)$/5\1/
+  s/3\(_*\)$/4\1/
+  s/2\(_*\)$/3\1/
+  s/1\(_*\)$/2\1/
+  s/0\(_*\)$/1\1/
+# Convert the hidden `9' digits to `0's.
+  s/_/0/g
+  x
+# Bring the line in the format `<number> <message>'
+  G
+  s/^[^\n]*$/& /
+  s/\(.*\)\n\([0-9]*\)/\2 \1/
+# Clear flag from last substitution.
+  tb
+# Append the next line.
+  :b
+  N
+# Look whether second part is a continuation line.
+  s/\(.*\n\)"\(.*\)"/\1\2/
+# Yes, then branch.
+  ta
+  P
+  D
+# Note that `D' includes a jump to the start!!
+# We found a continuation line.  But before printing insert '\'.
+  :a
+  s/\(.*\)\(\n.*\)/\1\\\2/
+  P
+# We cannot use the sed command `D' here
+  s/.*\n\(.*\)/\1/
+  tb
+}
+d
diff --git a/macros/ChangeLog b/macros/ChangeLog
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d9edd673
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/ChangeLog
@@ -0,0 +1,1191 @@
+2001-11-28  Sebastian Rittau  <srittau@jroger.in-berlin.de>
+
+	* gnome-pilot.m4 (PILOT_LINK_HOOK):
+	Fixed a typo: inlude -> include
+
+2001-10-24  jacob berkman  <jacob@ximian.com>
+
+	* aclocal-include.m4 (AM_ACLOCAL_INCLUDE): do a test that is not
+	only always false, but works with autoconf 2.52 and isn't trying
+	to be too smart
+
+2001-10-02  Darin Adler  <darin@bentspoon.com>
+
+	* autogen.sh: Complete intltool support.
+
+2001-10-02  Darin Adler  <darin@bentspoon.com>
+
+	* autogen.sh: Add intltool support.
+
+2001-09-16  Eskil Heyn Olsen  <eskil@eskil.dk>
+
+	* gnome-pilot.m4:
+	PISOCK_CFLAGS no longer contains pilot-link version.
+
+2001-09-09  Eskil Heyn Olsen  <eskil@eskil.dk>
+
+	* gnome-pilot.m4:
+	Stuff to check version of gnome-pilot
+
+2001-08-20  Pavel Roskin  <proski@gnu.org>
+
+	* gnome-undelfs.m4 (GNOME_UNDELFS_CHECKS): Specify additional
+	includes when testing for ext2fs/ext2fs.h.
+
+	* gnome-vfs.m4 (GNOME_WITH_VFS): Specify additional includes
+	when testing for rpc/pmap_clnt.h.  Needed for Autoconf 2.50+
+	only - older versions don't try to compile headers and ignore
+	this argument.
+
+2001-08-04  Darin Adler  <darin@bentspoon.com>
+
+	* .cvsignore: Ignore generated .dep file.
+
+2001-08-02  J.H.M. Dassen (Ray) <jdassen@debian.org>
+
+	* gnome-guile-checks.m4: Made "--without-guile" work. Added $guile_msg 
+	  for reporting back.
+
+2001-07-24  Jody Goldberg <jgoldberg@home.com>
+
+	* psiconv.m4 : Add psion macros from Frodo Looijaard <frodol@dds.nl>
+
+2001-07-24  Frederic Crozat  <fcrozat@mandrakesoft.com>
+
+	* gnome-print-check.m4 (AM_PATH_GNOME_PRINT): 
+	Correct minimal version test
+
+2001-06-22  Eskil Heyn Olsen  <eskil@eskil.dk>
+
+	* gnome-pilot.m4:
+	Fixed the cat of pi-version.h
+
+2001-06-20  Havoc Pennington  <hp@redhat.com>
+
+	* gnome.m4: fix to include the CFLAGS for extra libraries
+
+2001-06-13  Pavel Roskin  <proski@gnu.org>
+
+	* gnome-fileutils.m4: Always explicitly declare main() with the
+	return type `int'. Don't use exit() since it may be undeclared.
+	Use `return' instead.
+	* gnome-pilot.m4: Likewise.
+	* gperf-check.m4: Likewise.
+	* linger.m4: Likewise.
+
+2001-06-01  Peter Williams  <peterw@ximian.com>
+
+	* autogen.sh: s,Gnome,$PKG_NAME,g
+
+2001-05-24  Arturo Espinosa Aldama  <arturo@ximian.com>
+
+	* 0.5 RELEASE
+
+2001-05-24  jacob berkman  <jacob@ximian.com>
+
+	* gnome-pthread-check.m4 (GNOME_PTHREAD_CHECK): add hp-ux specific
+	check from glib
+
+2001-05-19  Jody Goldberg <jgoldberg@home.com>
+
+	* gnome-gettext.m4 : Add BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL so that newer versions
+	  work.
+
+2001-04-16  Jaka Mocnik  <jaka@gnu.org>
+
+	* gnome-print-check.m4: change $(cmd) to `cmd` in order to make it
+	usable in non-bash bourne shells.
+
+2001-03-01  JP Rosevear  <jpr@ximian.com>
+
+	* gnome-pilot.m4: quote a test and make sure incdir is always set
+	so 'cat' works
+
+2001-02-21  Lauris Kaplinski  <lauris@ximian.com>
+
+	* gnome-print-check.m4: Replaced the awk alchemy with sed alchemy.
+	I seems to work now as long as gnome-config is working - but that is
+	the whole point of gnome-config, isn't it?
+
+2001-02-19  JP Rosevear  <jpr@ximian.com>
+
+	* gnome-pilot.m4: Revert my previous patch now that gnome-pim and
+	evolution are fixed to accomodate the change
+	
+2001-02-19  JP Rosevear  <jpr@ximian.com>
+
+	* gnome-pilot.m4: AC_SUBST the PISOCK_LIBDIR var
+
+2001-02-17  Lauris Kaplinski  <lauris@ximian.com>
+
+	* gnome-print-check.m4: Remove most of stuff here, but now
+	it at least WORKS
+
+2001-02-07  Kenneth Christiansen  <kenneth@gnu.org>
+
+	* autogen.sh: Added test for xml-i18n-tools if 
+	AM_PROG_XML_I18N_TOOLS is found.
+
+2001-01-05  Maciej Stachowiak  <mjs@eazel.com>
+
+	* autogen.sh: Added missing PROG.
+
+2001-01-05  Maciej Stachowiak  <mjs@eazel.com>
+
+	* autogen.sh: xml-i18n-toolize if AM_PROG_XML_I18N_TOOLS is found
+	in configure.in.
+
+2000-11-05  Martin Baulig  <baulig@suse.de>
+
+	* gnome-bonobo-check.m4 (BONOBO_CFLAGS, BONOBO_LIBS): Added
+	stuff for `bonobox'.
+
+2000-08-01  Pavel Roskin  <proski@gnu.org>
+
+	* curses.m4: AC_WARN replaced with AC_MSG_WARN in comments
+
+2000-06-23  Stanislav Brabec  <utx@penguin.cz>
+
+	* gnome-pilot.m4: Use 'PISOCK_INCLUDEDIR' in pisock version check.
+
+2000-06-17  Dan Winship  <danw@helixcode.com>
+
+	* autogen.sh: exit immediately if aclocal, autoheader, automake,
+	or autoconf fails, rather than continuing on with broken state.
+	(In the aclocal case, print a hopefully-useful explanatory
+	message.)
+
+2000-06-13  Martin Baulig  <baulig@suse.de>
+
+	* gnome-bonobo-check.am (AM_BONOBO_USES_OAF): New macro.
+	Checks whether Bonobo uses OAF and defines `BONOBO_USES_OAF'
+	if appropriate. Also provides `BONOBO_USES_OAF' automake
+	conditional.
+
+2000-06-13  Martin Baulig  <baulig@suse.de>
+
+	* Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Added `gnome-gettext.m4'.
+	(gnome_aclocal_DATA): Added `gnome-gettext.m4'.
+
+2000-05-29  Martin Baulig  <baulig@suse.de>
+
+	* gnome-autogen.sh: Moved to the `bin/' directory.
+
+2000-05-29  Martin Baulig  <baulig@suse.de>
+
+	* gnome-autogen.sh: If `USE_GNOME_2_MACROS' is set, use the
+	GNOME 2.0 macros from the `macros2' directory.
+
+2000-05-29  Martin Baulig  <baulig@suse.de>
+
+	* gnome-common.m4, Makefile.am: Install macros to
+	`$(datadir)/aclocal/gnome-macros' when INSIDE_GNOME_COMMON.
+
+	* gnome-autogen.sh: New file. When using gnome-common instead
+	of the macros/ directory, use this in your autogen.sh.
+
+2000-05-15  Russell Steinthal  <rms39@columbia.edu>
+
+	* gnome-pilot.m4 (PILOT_LIBS): An attempt to fix the gnome-pilot
+	check on Solaris (`$GNOME_CONFIG ...` returns more than one word,
+	so we need quotes around it to keep test from bombing out)
+
+2000-05-01  Dan Winship  <danw@helixcode.com>
+
+	* gnome-pilot.m4 (PILOT_LIBS): "But that trick NEVER works!"
+	"This time for sure!"
+
+Sun Apr 23 12:15:14 2000  George Lebl <jirka@5z.com>
+
+	* gnome.m4: add an extra lib of docklets.  These checks are
+	  braindamaged though, they don't fail and thus gnome-core for
+	  example compiles without gnomecc.  There need to be separate .m4
+	  files or checks
+
+2000-04-19  Eskil Heyn Olsen  <deity@eskil.dk>
+
+	* gnome-pilot.m4 (PILOT_LIBS): Changed the error string for gnome-pilot
+	(PILOT_LIBS): Fixes the gnome-config check
+
+2000-04-10  Dan Winship  <danw@helixcode.com>
+
+	* gnome-pilot.m4 (PILOT_LIBS): Fix a bug introduced in the
+	gnome-pilot-config to "gnome-config gpilot" change that caused not
+	having pilot-link installed to become a fatal error.
+
+2000-02-26  James Henstridge  <james@daa.com.au>
+
+	* gnome-gettext.m4: fix up check of LINGUAS variable so that we don't
+	get problems when LINGUAS contains `en' and ALL_LINGUAS contains
+	`en_GB' for instance.
+
+2000-02-22  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+	* autogen.sh: Don't run libtoolize when `NO_LIBTOOLIZE' is set.
+
+2000-02-09  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+	* autogen.sh: Fix GNUism introduced in the previous fix.
+
+2000-02-08  Miguel de Icaza  <miguel@gnu.org>
+
+	* autogen.sh: Handle non GNU find programs. 
+
+2000-02-05  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+	* gnome-libgtop-types.m4 (AC_LIBGTOP_CHECK_TYPE): New macro. This
+	is an improved version of AC_CHECK_TYPE which takes into account
+	that we need to #include some other header files on some systems
+	to get some types.
+	(GNOME_LIBGTOP_TYPES): Check for <sys/bitypes.h> for Tru64 and
+	use AC_LIBGTOP_CHECK_TYPE rather than AC_CHECK_TYPE.
+
+2000-01-26  Dave Camp  <campd@oit.edu>
+	
+	* gnome-bonobo-check.m4 Include <bonobo.h> rather than 
+	<bonobo/gnome-object.h>
+
+2000-01-26  Dave Camp  <campd@oit.edu>
+
+	* gnome-bonobo-check.m4: Check for bonobo_object_get_type() rather 
+	than gnome_object_get_type().
+
+2000-01-23  Peter Teichman  <peter@helixcode.com>
+
+	* gnome-pilot.m4: i broke the version-checking macro for other
+	distribs in my last commit. fixing that now.
+
+2000-01-22  Peter Teichman  <peter@helixcode.com>
+
+	* gnome-pilot.m4 (PILOT_LIBS): fix the version-checking macro for
+	debian
+
+2000-01-20  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+	* gnome-objc-checks.m4: Look for sched_yield in -lrt, too.
+	Suggested by Drazen Kazar <dave@srce.hr>.
+
+2000-01-16  Vadim Strizhevsky  <vadim@optonline.net>
+
+	* gnome-pilot.m4: Fix typo in PILOT_LINK_HOOK.
+
+2000-01-15  Eskil Heyn Olsen  <deity@eskil.dk>
+	
+	* gnome-pilot.m4: PILOT_LINK_HOOK now check pilot-link version.
+	GNOME_PILOT_CHECK defaults to requiring 0.9.3.
+	
+2000-01-09  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+	* gnome-libgtop-check.m4: Applied patch from R. Bernstein
+	<rocky@panix.com> - print a better error message when
+	LibGTop's major version number mismatches.
+
+1999-12-25  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+	* gnome-pilot.m4: Applied patch from Colin Walters to make
+	it compile under Debian GNU/Linux.
+
+1999-12-05  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+	* gnome-libgtop-checks.m4: Removed all guile variables.
+
+1999-11-18  Jeff Garzik  <jgarzik@mandrakesoft.com>
+
+	* gnome-xml-check.m4: Better scoping of below fix.
+
+1999-11-16  Jeff Garzik  <jgarzik@mandrakesoft.com>
+
+	* gnome-xml-check.m4: always AC_SUBST GNOME_XML_LIB, so that
+	output variable will always be present.
+
+1999-11-09  Eskil Heyn Olsen  <deity@eskil.dk>
+
+	* gnome-pilot.m4: uses test -r instead of test -e, was reported as 
+	a portability bug wrt solaris.
+
+1999-10-31  Eskil Heyn Olsen  <deity@eskil.dk>
+
+	* gnome-pilot.m4: added PILOT_LINK_CHECK, used by
+	GNOME_PILOT_CHECK. Adds --with-pisock=$dir_for_pilot_link.
+
+1999-10-24  Jacob Berkman  <jberkman@andrew.cmu.edu>
+
+	* gnome-ghttp-check.m4: this should be a better fix
+
+1999-10-21  Jacob Berkman  <jberkman@andrew.cmu.edu>
+
+	* gnome-ghttp-check.m4: use a temp value until we know that
+	ghttp exists.  This will hopefully fix building on Solaris 
+	machines
+
+1999-09-26  Jody Goldberg <jgoldberg@home.com>
+
+	* compiler-flags.m4 : Remove -Wpointer-arith.  It generates large
+	  numbers of warnings under glibc2.1.2 with a recent egcs release.
+	  The glibc maintainers have suggested removing this flag because it
+	  is useless.
+
+1999-09-01  Havoc Pennington  <hp@pobox.com>
+
+	* gnome-xml-check.m4: If you're going to AC_PATH_PROG then use the
+	prog you find :-)	
+
+1999-08-02  Peter Teichman  <pat4@acpub.duke.edu>
+
+	* removed gnome-conduit-check.m4 - it should be distributed with
+	gnome-pilot
+
+1999-07-30  Peter Teichman  <pat4@acpub.duke.edu>
+
+	* gnome-conduit-check.m4: added new file of checks. anything that
+	provides a pilot conduit is going to want this
+
+1999-07-07  Tuomas J. Lukka  <lukka@iki.fi>
+	* gnome-x-checks.m4: add a comment on how to get gtk-1.3 and
+	glib 1.3 from CVS
+
+1999-07-06  Tuomas J. Lukka  <lukka@iki.fi>
+
+	* gnome-x-checks.m4: forbid compiling with Gtk-1.3 for now.
+        gnome only works with 1.2 so far. 
+
+1999-07-05  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+	* gnome.m4: Make "extra library" message slightly easier to read.
+
+Sat Jun 26 01:47:53 1999  Tim Janik  <timj@gtk.org>
+
+	* compiler-flags.m4: give -Wunused to gcc instead of -Wno-unused.
+
+1999-06-11  Tuomas J. Lukka <lukka@iki.fi>
+
+	* gnome-guile-checks.m4: Debian has qt_null in -lqthreads but
+ 	  no main. Changed both checks for 'main' to qt_null.
+	  I hope this is correct - it shouldn't break anything.
+
+1999-05-11  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+	* Makefile.am (MACROS): Add `gnome-bonobo-check.m4'.
+
+1999-05-09  Jacob Berkman  <jberk+@cmu.edu>
+
+	* gnome-bonobo-check.m4: made test program return 0,
+	changed BONOBO_CHECK to not return "failure" on success
+
+1999-04-16  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+	* gnome-print-check.m4 (GNOME_PRINT_CHECK): Fix invocation of
+	AM_PATH_GNOME_PRINT. 
+	* Makefile.am (MACROS): Sort lines.
+
+Sun Mar 28 23:39:48 1999  Norbert Warmuth  <nwarmuth@privat.circular.de>
+
+	* gnome-vfs.m4: Add --with-vfs option. GNOME_VFS_LIBS still needs
+	to be fixed but that's not a problem because there's no libvfs, yet.
+
+1999-03-10  Tomislav Vujec  <tvujec@carnet.hr>
+
+	* aclocal-include.m4 (AM_ACLOCAL_INCLUDE): Add ACLOCAL_FLAGS in
+	ACLOCAL. This allows maintainer rules to work if any of the macros
+	change.
+
+1999-03-10  Tomislav Vujec  <tvujec@carnet.hr>
+
+	* gnome.m4 (GNOME_INIT_HOOK): Wrapped position parameter in
+	testing for additional inits. It gets expanded while generating
+	configure, resulting in an empty parameter list - syntax error in
+	for statement.
+
+1999-03-09  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+	* gnome.m4 (GNOME_INIT): Add a new paramater, which is passed to
+	GNOME_INIT_HOOK. 
+	(GNOME_INIT_HOOK): New parameter "additional inits".  This is a
+	list like "applets capplet", and the corresponding
+	GNOME_APPLETS_LIBS and GNOME_CAPPLETS_LIBS are defined.
+
+1998-03-01  Mark Crichton <crichton@gimp.org>
+
+	* gnome-objc-checks : Added HAVE_GNOME_OBJC conditional
+
+1998-02-27  Gregory McLean <gregm@comstar.net>
+
+	* gnome-x-checks.m4 : Require at least gtk+ 1.2 (pointless getting
+	bug reports with an old glib/gtk/gdk set..)
+
+1999-02-25  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+	* gnome-libgtop-checks.m4: Require LibGTop >= 1.0.0.
+
+1999-02-22  Miguel de Icaza  <miguel@nuclecu.unam.mx>
+
+	* compiler-flags.m4: Only add the compilation warnings if the
+	compiler is GCC.
+
+1999-02-20  Timur Bakeyev <mc@bat.ru>
+
+	* gnome.m4: Added and exported ZVT_LIBS.
+
+Tue Feb 16 19:35:42 1999  Owen Taylor  <otaylor@redhat.com>
+
+	* gnome-x-checks.m4: Require GTK+-1.1.16.
+
+1999-02-15  Timur Bakeyev <mc@bat.ru>
+
+	* gnome-gettext.m4: Work around a bug in BSDI's native sh, which in-
+	correctly expands ${LINGUAS=$ALL_LINGUAS}. Switched to if/fi variant.
+
+1999-02-15  Chris Lahey  <clahey@umich.edu>
+
+	* gnome-print-check.m4: Copied this from libhnj/libhnj.m4.  Almost
+	completely replaced the old version.  The only usage difference is
+	that it defines GNOME_PRINT_LIBS instead of GNOME_PRINT_LIB and
+	defines GNOME_PRINT_CFLAGS as well.
+
+1999-02-10  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+	* gnome-objc-checks.m4: Applied a patch from Kenneth Stailey;
+	use $CFLAGS when invoking $OBJC so the user can add additional
+	include paths.
+
+1999-02-05  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+	* compiler-flags.m4: Don't add warning and compiler flags to
+	the CFLAGS and CXXFLAGS when they're cached. This fixes the
+	problem that CFLAGS and CXXFLAGS get longer and longer each
+	time you run a `config.status --recheck'.
+
+1999-02-04  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+	* aclocal-include.m4 (INSIDE_GNOME_COMMON): New automake
+	conditional that's always false.
+
+	* gnome-common.m4: New file. This defines a `GNOME_COMMON_INIT'
+	macro that should be used in all GNOME Applications outside
+	the CVS tree.
+
+	* Makefile.am: If we are `INSIDE_GNOME_COMMON', install all
+	$(MACROS), autogen.sh, gnome-common.m4 and a newly created
+	gnome-macros.dep in `$(datadir)/aclocal/gnome'.
+
+1999-01-24  Timur Bakeyev <mc@bat.ru>
+
+	* gnome-pthread-check.m4: Add recognition of 2 more libraries - 
+	pthreads and pthread-support build in libc (as on BSDI).
+
+1999-01-23  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+	* gnome-libgtop-checks.m4 (GNOME_LIBGTOP_DOCU): New macro. This
+	checks whether you have the LibGTop documentation installed and
+	defines `HAVE_LIBGTOP_DOCU' if appropriate. Also provides automake
+ 	conditional.
+
+1999-01-20  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+	* acinclude.m4 (ac_result): Unset CATOBJEXT so
+	that the macros and Makefiles correctly handle
+	disabling NLS when no gettext is found.
+
+1999-01-19  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+	* gnome-cxx-check.m4 (GNOME_CHECK_CXX): Rewrite to be saner.  
+	Don't limit yourself to a fixed set of names for the compiler.
+
+1999-01-06 Nat Friedman   <nat@nat.org>
+
+	* Makefile.am (MACROS): Added gnome-print-check.m4 to MACROS
+
+1999-01-05  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+	* gnome-support.m4: Include dirent.h before checking whether
+	`scandir' needs to be declared.
+	* need-declaration.m4: Revert change.
+
+1999-01-05  Miguel de Icaza  <miguel@nuclecu.unam.mx>
+
+	* need-declaration.m4, gnome-support.m4: Fixed the scandir detection.
+
+1998-12-22  Jeff Garzik  <jgarzik@pobox.com>
+
+	* gnome.m4:  Added and exported GNOME_APPLET_LIBS.
+
+1998-12-16  Sebastian Wilhelmi  <wilhelmi@ira.uka.de>
+
+	* gnome-support.m4: Removed all the stuff for argp, that was
+	causing gnomesupport not to build.
+
+1998-12-15  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+	* gnome-gettext.m4: Add the hacked version of the gettext
+	macros that is used in Gtk+ here.
+
+	* autogen.sh: Accept both AM_GNU_GETTEXT and AM_GNOME_GETTEXT.
+	 
+1998-12-15  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+	* gnome-libgtop-check.m4: All parts of GNOME will now require
+	LibGTop >= 0.99.0 which is the latest version from CVS and
+	already feature-freezed for GNOME 1.0.
+	
+1998-12-09  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+	* aclocal-include.m4 (AM_ACLOCAL_INCLUDE): Make this work
+	with more than one directory.
+
+1998-12-08  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+	* gnome-libgtop-sysdeps.m4: Moved into the LibGTop module.
+	This file contains too much stuff that should only be used
+	internally in LibGTop, so it's better to have it there.
+
+1998-12-06  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+	* gnome-libgtop-sysdeps.m4: Recognice OpenBSD as a valid
+	system and use the `freebsd' sysdeps directory for it.
+
+Sat Dec  5 23:30:01 PST 1998 Manish Singh <yosh@gimp.org>
+
+	* gnome-guile-checks.m4: clear GUILE_LIBS and GUILE_INCS if
+	guile isn't there (quick fix)
+
+1998-12-05  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+	* gnome-libgtop-sysdeps.m4: Recognice NetBSD as a valid
+	system and use the `freebsd' sysdeps directory for it.
+
+1998-12-03  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+	* gnome-libgtop-sysdeps.m4 (GLIBTOP_LINUX_VERSION_CODE):
+	Define this to be the same as LINUX_VERSION_CODE either from
+	<linux/version.h> or from the running kernel.
+
+1998-12-02  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+	* autogen.sh: "Improve" indentation and messages somewhat.
+
+1998-12-01  Jeff Garzik  <jgarzik@pobox.com>
+
+	* autogen.sh:
+	Platform fixes.  grep -q is not portable, do not use.
+
+1998-12-01  Changwoo Ryu  <cwryu@adam.kaist.ac.kr>
+
+	* autogen.sh: Run gettextize if needed.
+	: Run libtoolize only if configure.in has "^AM_PROG_LIBTOOL".
+
+1998-11-30  Jeff Garzik  <jgarzik@pobox.com>
+
+	* gnome.m4: Re-arranged tests such that "--without-gnome" is
+	fully supported.  Not only is the logic now correct, programs
+	can test "want_gnome=yes/no" for the results of this arg.
+
+1998-11-27  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+	* gnome-libgtop-check.m4: All parts of GNOME will now require
+	LibGTop >= 0.29.0 which is the latest version from CVS.
+
+1998-11-20  James Henstridge  <james@daa.com.au>
+
+	* gnome.m4(GNOME_INIT_HOOK): Changed the call to GNOME_GNORBA_CHECK
+	to GNOME_GNORBA_HOOK([],$2).  Before if you specified that the
+	macro should not exit on errors, and you didn't have ORBit, the
+	script would fail anyway.
+
+1998-11-17  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+	* gnome-libgtop-sysdeps.m4: We need to check for <net/if_var.h>
+	and conditionally include it before <net/if_isppp.h> in the code
+	that check for I4B to make it work on FreeBSD 3.0.
+	
+1998-10-25  Marius Vollmer  <mvo@zagadka.ping.de>
+
+	* gnome-guile-checks.m4: Add GUILE_LIBS to LIBS when checking
+	whether guile works.  Adding them to LDFLAGS does not work on all
+	systems.  (Thanks to Rusty Chris Holleman)
+
+1998-11-12  Andrew T. Veliath  <andrewtv@usa.net>
+
+	* gnome-orbit-check.m4: Remove AC_DEFINE(HAVE_ORBIT). Add
+	AM_CONDITIONAL for HAVE_ORBIT.  gnome-gnorba-check.m4: Same with
+	HAVE_GNORBA.  Change GNOME_ORBIT_HOOK and GNOME_GNORBA_HOOK to use
+	AC_CACHE_CHECK, setting both gnome_cv_orbit_found and
+	gnome_cv_gnorba_found.
+
+	* gnome.m4: (GNOME_INIT_HOOK): Add GNOME_GNORBA_CHECK if
+	gnome-config is found.  New GNOMEGNORBA_LIBS library variable
+	(GNOMEGNORBA_LIBS is a superset of GNOMEUI_LIBS).  Update
+	GNOME_LIBDIR and GNOME_INCLUDEDIR to to include the required
+	Gnorba info, if it is in a different location.
+
+	* Makefile.am (MACROS): Add gnome-gnorba-check.m4 to Makefile.
+	
+	* gnome-gnorba-check.m4: New file.
+
+1998-11-12  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+	* gnome-support.m4 (vsnprintf): Remove easy-vsnprintf hack -- it
+	doesn't work for Solaris 2.5 binaries running on Solaris 2.6.
+	From Frederic Devernay <devernay@istar.fr>.
+
+1998-11-06  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+	* gnome-support.m4: Fix stupid type (sterror_r -> strerror_r).
+
+1998-11-04  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+	* gnome-support.m4 (need_gnome_support): Set this unconditionally
+	to `yes'.  We'll soon be losing this variable.
+
+1998-10-20  Andrew Veliath  <andrewtv@usa.net>
+
+	* gnome-orbit-check.m4 (GNOME_ORBIT_HOOK): Add ORBIT_IDL
+	detection; fix failure flag.
+
+1998-10-12  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+	* compiler-flags.m4 (warnCFLAGS): Added `-Wno-unused'.
+
+1998-10-11  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+	* gnome-libgtop-sysdeps.m4 (libgtop_postinstall): Use `:' instead
+	of the empty string if there is nothing to do since the empty string
+	is no valid shell sytax.
+
+1998-10-11  Marius Vollmer  <mvo@zagadka.ping.de>
+
+	* gnome-guile-checks.m4: Check for "guile-config" and then for
+	"build-guile", if guile-config couldn't be found.  Do not
+	explicitely include output from "info libdir", it is already
+	included in "link".  Use "compile" instead of "info includedir".  Do
+	not include "1.2" in error message when Guile can't be found at
+	all.
+	
+1998-10-11  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+	* gnome-libgtop-check.m4 (GNOME_INIT_LIBGTOP): Added optional
+	third parameter which is the `script-if-enabled' parameter of
+	the GNOME_LIBGTOP_HOOOK.
+
+1998-10-05  Karl Eichwalder <ke@suse.de>
+
+	* gnome-xml-check.m4: Fix typo while signaling the error.
+
+1998-10-05  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+	* compiler-flags.m4 (warnCFLAGS): Remove `-W'.
+	(warn-unused): Remove.
+
+1998-10-01  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+	* gnome-libgtop-sysdeps.m4 (libgtop_postinstall): 
+	Added `AC_SUBST(libgtop_postinstall)'. This is used in
+	`src/daemon/Makefile.am' to make the server suid root or
+	sgid kmem if required.
+
+1998-09-28  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+	* gnome-libgtop-check.m4: Make it accept libgtop >= 0.25.0 again.
+
+	* gnome-libgtop-sysdeps.m4: Make the default not to build the
+	LibGTop examples.
+
+	* compiler-flags.m4 (--enable-warn-unused): New configure parameter
+	to add `-Wunused' to the warning flags.
+	
+1998-09-27  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+	* gnome-libgtop-check.m4: Make it require libgtop >= 0.26.2.
+
+1998-09-24  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+	* gnome-ghttp-check.m4: Add checks for -lsocket -lnsl.
+
+1998-09-18  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+	* gnome-support.m4: Remove commented out code.
+
+1998-09-12  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+	* gnome-libgtop-sysdeps.m4: Added (AC_SUBST): `libgtop_have_sysinfo'.
+
+1998-09-09  Martin Baulig  <baulig@merkur.uni-trier.de>
+
+	* gnome-libgtop-sysdeps.m4: Added check for SMP support.
+	(--with-libgtop-smp): New parameter, default is to enable
+	it only if you're running configure on a SMP system.
+	Added (AC_DEFINE): `HAVE_LIBGTOP_SMP' if enabled.
+	(LIBGTOP_SMP): New automake conditional.
+
+1998-09-02  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+	* gnome-support.m4: Remove check for `canonicalize_file_name'.
+
+1998-09-02  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+	* gnome-support.m4: Check for canonicalize_file_name () and
+ 	realpath () and add `canonicalize.o' to LIBOBJS if required.
+
+1998-08-30  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+	* gnome-libgtop-check.m4: Added (AC_SUBST): `LIBGTOP_VERSION_CODE'.
+	Added (AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED): `LIBGTOP_VERSION', `LIBGTOP_VERSION_CODE',
+	`LIBGTOP_{MAJOR,MINOR,MICRO,SERVER}_VERSION'.
+
+1998-08-29  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+	* gnome-libgtop-check.m4: Make it require libgtop >= 0.26.0.
+	Added (AC_SUBST): `LIBGTOP_INTERFACE_AGE' and `LIBGTOP_BINARY_AGE'.
+
+1998-08-27  Christopher Blizzard  <blizzard@appliedtheory.com>
+
+	* gnome-ghttp-check.m4: Umm...I think this works better.  Doesn't
+ 	break anything anyway.
+	Oooo...it actually works now.  Forgot a ,
+
+1998-08-26  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+	* gnome-libgtop-check.m4 (GNOME_INIT_LIBGTOP): Make it work
+	with a brain-dead /bin/sh and a brain-dead /bin/test.
+	
+	* gnome-libgtop-check.m4 (GNOME_INIT_LIBGTOP): Use `AC_MSG_WARN'
+	if LibGTop cannot be found and the `fail' argument is not given.
+
+1998-08-24  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+	* gnome-support.m4 (GCC_NEED_DECLARATIONS): Added `setreuid',
+	`setregid' and `getpagesize'.
+	(AC_TYPE_UID_T): New check.
+
+1998-08-24  Christopher Blizzard  <blizzard@appliedtheory.com>
+
+	* Makefile.am (MACROS): Add gnome-ghttp-check.m4 to the Makefile.
+
+1998-08-23  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+	* gnome-libgtop-check.m4 (GNOME_INIT_LIBGTOP): You can give
+	this macro two parameters: the required version number and
+	an optional `fail' argument to make it fail if LibGTop is
+	not found.
+
+1998-08-22  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+	* gnome-guile-checks.m4: Added check for `-lnsl' and `-lsocket'
+	if `build-guile' cannot be found.
+
+1998-08-20  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+	* compiler-flags.m4: New file.  Defines the
+	GNOME_COMPILER_WARNINGS macro.
+	* autogen.sh (conf_flags): Add `--enable-compile-warnings' to list
+	of flags passed to `configure'.
+	* Makefile.am (MACROS): Add compiler-flags.m4.
+
+1998-08-18  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+	* gnome-libgtop-check.m4: make it require libgtop >= 0.25.0.
+	Added (AC_SUBST): `LIBGTOP_MICRO_VERSION' and `LIBGTOP_EXTRA_LIBS'.
+	
+1998-08-17  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+	* gnome-libgtop-check.m4: Completely rewrote this file. It
+	uses now the `libgtop-config' script and also checks for
+	correct libgtop version.
+
+1998-08-06  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+	* gnome-libgtop-sysdeps.m4: Added `freebsd' directory.
+
+1998-08-04  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+	* gnome-x-checks.m4: Define USE_DEVGTK unconditionally to `true'.
+
+1998-08-04  Stuart Parmenter  <pavlov@innerx.net>
+
+	* gnome-x-checks.m4: (AM_PATH_GTK) make it require GTK >= 1.1.1
+	dnl'd the dev_gtk since they will have to anyways.
+
+1998-08-04  Sebastian Wilhelmi  <wilhelmi@ira.uka.de>
+
+	* gnome.m4: (GNOME_INIT_HOOK): Call $1 also, if `gnome-config' is
+	found and used
+
+1998-08-02  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+	* gnome.m4 (GNOME_CONFIG): Use the `gnome-config' program if it
+	exists. 
+
+1998-08-01  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+	* Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Remove `macros.dep'.
+
+1998-07-30  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+	* gnome-libgtop-check.m4 (GNOME_LIBGTOP_TYPES): New macro.
+	Checks for `u_int64_t' and `int64_t'.
+
+1998-07-29  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+	* gnome-libgtop-check.m4: Added (AC_SUBST):
+	`LIBGTOP_NAMES_LIBS', `LIBGTOP_NAMES_INCS',
+	`LIBGTOP_GUILE_LIBS', `LIBGTOP_GUILE_NAMES_LIBS',
+	`LIBGTOP_MAJOR_VERSION', `LIBGTOP_MINOR_VERSION',
+	`LIBGTOP_VERSION'.
+
+	* gnome-libgtop-sysdeps.m4 (libgtop_sysdeps_dir):
+	Added `AC_SUBST(libgtop_sysdeps_dir)'.
+
+1998-07-29  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+	* gnome-support.m4: Check for functions that `error.c' looks for.
+
+1998-07-29  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+	* gnome-fileutils.m4 (AM_FUNC_ERROR_AT_LINE): Removed.
+
+	* gnome-support.m4 (AM_FUNC_ERROR_AT_LINE): New check.
+
+1998-07-27  Federico Mena Quintero  <federico@nuclecu.unam.mx>
+
+	* gnome-x-checks.m4: Changed Gtk version test to use
+	GTK_HAVE_FEATURES_1_1_0.
+
+Sun Jul 26 13:59:53 EDT 1998  Daniel Veillard <Daniel.Veillard@w3.org>
+
+	* Makefile.am (MACROS): Added gnome-xml-check.m4
+	* gnome-xml-check.m4: New file.
+
+1998-07-24  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+	* gnome-libgtop-check.m4: No longer requiring
+	`GNOME_LIBGTOP_SYSDEPS'.
+
+Fri Jul 24 00:45:38 1998  Tom Tromey  <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.am (MACROS): Added linger.m4.
+	* linger.m4: New file.
+
+Thu Jul 23 22:41:23 1998  Tom Tromey  <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.am (MACROS): Added gnome-undelfs.m4, gnome-vfs.m4.
+	* gnome-undelfs.m4: New file.
+	* gnome-vfs.m4: New file.
+
+1998-07-22  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+	* gnome-fileutils.m4: Added some reasonable defaults to allow
+	cross compiling; removed `mountlist.o' and `fsusage.o' from
+	LIBOBJS.
+
+Tue Jul 21 23:44:53 1998  Tom Tromey  <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+	* gnome-guile-checks.m4: If no build-guile, link against readline
+	before termcap.
+
+1998-07-15  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+	* Makefile.am (MACROS): Add `need-declaration.m4'.
+
+	* gnome-support.m4 (AC_REPLACE_FUNCS): Add memmove, strtod,
+	strtol, strtoul.
+	(GCC_NEED_DECLARATIONS): New check.  Check whether `gethostname'
+	needs to be declared.
+
+	* need-declaration.m4: New file.  Stolen from EGCS.
+
+1998-07-13  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+	* gnome-support.m4 (AC_REPLACE_FUNCS): Add check for `mkstemp'.
+
+Wed Jul  1 13:50:39 1998  Scott D. Heavner  <sdh@po.cwru.edu>
+
+	* curses.m4: add some docs and start using with tcd
+
+1998-06-29  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+	* Makefile.am (MACROS): Add all the `.m4' files here.
+
+Mon Jun 29 11:12:04 1998  Scott D. Heavner  <sdh@po.cwru.edu>
+
+	* curses.m4: Need AC_SUBST(CURSES_INCLUDEDIR) not CURSES_INCLUDES
+
+Mon Jun 29 10:35:22 1998  Scott D. Heavner  <sdh@po.cwru.edu>
+
+	* curses.m4: rm conftext* should read rm conftest*, was leaving 
+	conftest.c files around.
+
+1998-06-27  Christopher Blizzard  <blizzard@foo.appliedtheory.com>
+
+	* gnome-objc-checks.m4: Use egcs if it's available.  The gcc that
+	ships with RedHat 5.1 doesn't do objc, egcs does.
+
+Fri Jun 26 14:36:08 1998  Scott D. Heavner  <sdh@po.cwru.edu>
+
+	* curses.m4 (AC_CHECK_CURSES): New check. mangled out of mc's
+	configure.in 
+
+1998-06-24  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+	* gnome-fileutils.m4 (AM_FUNC_ERROR_AT_LINE): New check.
+	(vprintf): New check.
+	(ftruncate.c): Remove check.  
+	This needs to be further cleaned up to only list what is
+	needed for gdiskfree.
+	* Makefile.am (MACROS): Add gnome-fileutils.m4.
+	
+1998-06-14  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+	* gnome-libgtop-sysdeps.m4 (LINUX_TABLE): New automake conditional;
+	also defines HAVE_LINUX_TABLE.
+
+1998-06-13  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+	* gnome-libgtop-sysdeps.m4: Added check for the table ()
+	system call in the linux kernel.
+
+1998-06-11  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+	* gnome-x-checks.m4 (USE_DEVGTK): Use AC_EGREP_CPP rather than
+	AC_CHECK_HEADER.  AC_CHECK_HEADER is fooled by warnings.
+
+	* gnome-support.m4 (AC_PROG_AWK): Look for awk.
+	(CROSS_COMPILING): Remove conditional.
+	
+Wed Jun 10 14:19:39 EDT 1998 Gregory McLean <gregm@comstar.net>
+
+	* gnome-x-checks.m4: More tweeks to make building against gtk 1.0
+	  and gtk1.1 less painful.
+
+1998-06-08  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+	* gnome-support.m4 (CROSS_COMPILING): New automake conditional;
+	(need_gnome_support): added `AC_SUBST(need_gnome_support)'.
+
+1998-06-07  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+	* gnome-guile-checks.m4 (GNOME_CHECK_GUILE): When
+	cross-compiling, we now check for `$host_alias-buile-guile'.
+
+1998-06-03  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+	* gnome-guile-checks.m4 (GNOME_CHECK_GUILE): Looks also
+	in $GNOME_LIBDIR; added failflag: GNOME_CHECK_GUILE(fail)
+	will abort if guile cannot be found.
+
+1998-05-23  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+	* gnome-libgtop-sysdeps.m4 (GNOME_LIBGTOP_HOOK):
+	(libgtop_use_machine_h): Set this to true on SunOS.
+
+1998-05-22  Martin Baulig  <baulig@merkur.uni-trier.de>
+
+	* gnome-fileutils.m4 (GNOME_FILEUTILS_CHECKS): New file.
+	Imported from `configure.in' in GNU fileutils 3.16. It does
+	all the checks that are needed for the diskusage applet.
+
+1998-05-22  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+	* gnome-libgtop-check.m4 (GNOME_LIBGTOP_HOOK): New file.
+	Checks whether libgtop is installed and reads its `libgtopConf.sh'
+	file if it can be found. Defines HAVE_LIBGTOP on success and
+	provides HAVE_LIBGTOP automake conditional.
+
+1998-05-21  Martin Baulig  <martin@home-of-linux.org>
+
+	* gnome-libgtop-sysdeps.m4 (GNOME_LIBGTOP_SYSDEPS): New file.
+	(libgtop_sysdeps_dir): sysdeps directory libgtop uses.
+	(libgtop_use_machine_h): define HAVE_GLIBTOP_MACHINE_H if this
+	is `yes'.
+	(libgtop_need_server): we only need the libgtop server, when
+	this has a value of `yes'. Defines NEED_LIBGTOP and NEED_LIBGTOP
+	automake conditional.
+
+1998-05-19  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+	* gnome-support.m4 (strerror): New check.
+	(sys_errlist): Check for this variable, needed for `strerror'.
+	(program_invocation_name, program_invocation_short_name): Change
+	method used to check for these.
+
+1998-05-09  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+	* autogen.sh: Remove simple-minded check for `gtk+'.
+
+Fri Apr 24 16:43:38 1998  Owen Taylor  <otaylor@gtk.org>
+
+	* autogen.sh: Pass the results of the environment variable
+	ACLOCAL_FLAGS to aclocal. This allows, for instance,
+
+	 ACLOCAL_FLAGS="-I /home/owen/share/aclocal/" autogen.sh
+	
+Sun Apr 19 01:35:53 EDT 1998 Gregory McLean <gregm@comstar.net>
+
+        * gnome-x-checks.m4: Updated the gtk check to check for 1.0.0.
+
+1998-04-08  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+	* autogen.sh: Update to list newer versions of packages.
+	* gnome-support.m4: Add `scandir' to AC_REPLACE_FUNCS.
+	Also run AC_HEADER_DIRENT.
+
+1998-03-31  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+	* gnome-support.m4 (AC_REPLACE_FUNCS): Look for vasprintf.
+
+Thu Mar 19 23:23:30 1998  Tom Tromey  <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+	* gnome.m4: An empty true branch of an `if' statement is not valid
+	sh syntax.  If GNOME_INIT_HOOK argument $1 is empty, use ":"
+	instead.
+
+1998-03-19  Miguel de Icaza  <miguel@nuclecu.unam.mx>
+
+	* gnome.m4 (GNOME_INIT_HOOK): Provide a way to hook some code to
+	execute;  Accept a probe mode.
+	
+	(GNOME_INIT): Define in terms of GNOME_INIT_HOOK.
+
+Thu Mar 19 00:17:46 1998  Tom Tromey  <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+	* gnome-support.m4: Cache results of check for
+	program_invocation_short_name, program_invocation_name.  Check to
+	make sure argp functions are in a library.
+
+	* gnome-support.m4: Cache results of argp check.
+
+Sun Mar 15 15:54:43 1998  Owen Taylor  <owt1@cornell.edu>
+
+	* gnome-x-checks.m4: Replaced checks for X and GTK
+	with AM_PATH_GTK. x_include, X_LIBS, etc, variables no longer
+	defined.
+
+1998-03-12  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+	* gnome-support.m4: Add a check for <linewrap.h> -- this enables
+	some optimizations when compiling `argp'.
+
+Mon Mar  9 19:32:42 1998  Tom Tromey  <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+	* gnome-support.m4: Build vsnprintf.o, not vsnprint.o.
+
+1998-03-09  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+	* gnome-support.m4: Add check for `vsnprintf'.
+
+Sun Mar  8 17:04:28 1998  Tom Tromey  <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+	* gnome-support.m4: Set need_gnome_support shell variable.  Define
+	BUILD_GNOME_SUPPORT automake conditional.  Define LTLIBOBJS.  Look
+	for argp_domain element in struct argp.
+
+Sat Mar  7 00:04:22 1998  Tom Tromey  <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+	* gnome-support.m4 (GNOME_SUPPORT_CHECKS): Add argp-pvh.o to
+	LIBOBJS.
+
+	* gnome-support.m4 (GNOME_SUPPORT_CHECKS): Check for strnlen().
+
+Wed Mar  4 01:02:55 1998  Tom Tromey  <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+	* gnome-support.m4 (GNOME_SUPPORT_CHECKS): Check for argp code,
+	strndup, program_invocation_name, program_invocation_short_name.
+
+Mon Mar  2 15:27:44 1998  Tom Tromey  <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+	* gnome-x-checks.m4 (GNOME_X_CHECKS): Also check for SMlib.h; some
+	Solaris systems have -lSM but not SMlib.h.
+
+Sun Mar  1 17:49:42 1998  Tom Tromey  <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+	* gnome.m4 (GNOME_INIT): Changed spacing so --help output looks
+	right.
+
+Fri Feb 27 10:05:34 1998  Tom Tromey  <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+	* gnome-objc-checks.m4 (GNOME_CHECK_OBJC): Set OBJECTIVE_C shell
+	variable.
+
+1998-02-26  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+	* gnome-x-checks.m4 (CPPFLAGS): Put $X_CFLAGS here, not in
+	$CFLAGS. 
+	(GNOME_HAVE_SM): New var.  `true' if we have libSM, `false'
+	otherwise. 
+
+1998-02-19  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+	* gnome.m4: Remove `GNOME_CHECK_GNOME'.
+
+1998-02-18  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+	* gnome-support.m4 (GNOME_SUPPORT_CHECKS): Replace `strcasecmp' if
+	necessary. 
+
+1998-02-15  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+	* Makefile.am (MACROS): Add `gnome-pthread-check.m4'.
+	* gnome-pthread-check.m4: New file.  Moved pthread check from
+	gnome-x-checks.m4 to here.
+	* gnome-objc-checks.m4: Use `gnome-pthread-check'.
+	(OBJC_LIBS): New config var.
+	* gnome-x-checks.m4: Add `AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LIBSM)' if `-lSM' is
+	already part of `$x_libs'.
+	Move pthread check to new file.
+	
+Sat Feb 14 12:45:35 1998  Tom Tromey  <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.am (macros.dep): Use single quotes, not double quotes.
+	Otherwise bash will interpret `$(...)' incorrectly.
+	(EXTRA_DIST): Include macros.dep in distribution.
+
+1998-02-14  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+	* Makefile.am (macros.dep): Put back doubled `$'.  We want the
+	expansion to occur in the including Makefile, not here.
+	Otherwise, there will be an extra `../' in the rule.
+
+Sat Feb 14 17:41:28 KST 1998  Changwoo Ryu  <cwryu@adam.kaist.ac.kr>
+
+	* autogen.sh: multilple aclocal -I directories.
+
+Sat Feb 14 01:09:37 1998  Tom Tromey  <tromey@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.am (macros.dep): Removed extra `$' from rule.
+
+	* gnome-x-checks.m4: Only check for -lSM if not already in
+	x_libs.
+
+1998-02-13  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+	* Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Add `autogen.sh'.
+
+	* gnome-objc-checks.m4 (GNOME_INIT_OBJC): Solaris /bin/sh doesn't
+	understand `test -e'.
+
+	* autogen.sh: New file.
+
+	* gnome.m4 (GNOME_INIT): Look for gnomeConf.sh in $libdir, where
+	the installation actually installs it.
+
+	* Makefile.am (macros.dep): New maintainer rule for handling
+	automatic rebuilding of aclocal.m4 if any of the macros change.
+	(MACROS): New variable.  List of all `m4' macros in this
+	directory.
+
+1998-02-12  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+	* gnome-support.m4: New file.  Defines GNOME_SUPPORT_CHECKS for
+	libsupport.a support.
+
+1998-02-10  Raja R Harinath  <harinath@cs.umn.edu>
+
+	* gnome.m4: New file.  Moved AC_CHECK_GNOME from `configure.in' to
+	here, and renamed macro to GNOME_CHECK_GNOME.
+	* gnome-x-checks.m4: Likewise, move and renaming AC_GNOME_X_CHECKS 
+	to GNOME_X_CHECKS.
+	
+	* aclocal-include.m4: New file.  Defines AM_ACLOCAL_INCLUDE macro
+	to provide extra search directories to `aclocal'.
+
+*Local Variables:
+*backup-inhibited: t
+*End:
diff --git a/macros/Makefile.am b/macros/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f5cc043b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+## Please update this variable if any new macros are created
+
+MACROS=						\
+  aclocal-include.m4				\
+  compiler-flags.m4				\
+  curses.m4					\
+  gnome-bonobo-check.m4				\
+  gnome-fileutils.m4				\
+  gnome-ghttp-check.m4				\
+  gnome-gnorba-check.m4				\
+  gnome-guile-checks.m4				\
+  gnome-libgtop-check.m4			\
+  gnome-objc-checks.m4				\
+  gnome-orbit-check.m4				\
+  gnome-print-check.m4				\
+  gnome-pthread-check.m4			\
+  gnome-support.m4				\
+  gnome-undelfs.m4				\
+  gnome-vfs.m4					\
+  gnome-x-checks.m4				\
+  gnome-xml-check.m4				\
+  gnome.m4					\
+  gperf-check.m4				\
+  linger.m4					\
+  need-declaration.m4				
+
+EXTRA_DIST=$(MACROS) gnome-common.m4 gnome-gettext.m4 autogen.sh
+MAINTAINERCLEANFILES=macros.dep
+
+@MAINT@macros.dep: Makefile.am
+@MAINT@	@echo '$$(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4: $(MACROS:%=macros/%)' > $@
+
+if INSIDE_GNOME_COMMON
+gnome_aclocaldir = $(datadir)/aclocal/gnome-macros
+
+gnome-macros.dep: Makefile.am
+	@echo '$$(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4: $(MACROS:%=$(gnome_aclocaldir)/%)' > $@
+
+gnome_aclocal_DATA = $(MACROS) gnome-macros.dep gnome-common.m4 \
+	gnome-gettext.m4 autogen.sh
+
+endif
diff --git a/macros/README.cvs-commits b/macros/README.cvs-commits
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..88e3d581
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/README.cvs-commits
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+This directory is *shared* between a lot of modules in GNOME CVS -
+which means that every change you're doing here immediately affects
+a very large number of modules.
+
+Please, do *ALWAYS ASK FIRST* on gnome-hackers@gnome.org before you
+commit anything to this directory. If unsure, feel free to send me
+a patch <martin@gnome.org> and I'll commit it for you it it's ok.
+
+Thanks for your understanding,
+
+August 1st, 2001
+Martin Baulig <martin@gnome.org>
+
diff --git a/macros/aclocal-include.m4 b/macros/aclocal-include.m4
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..43f9dbc4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/aclocal-include.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+# aclocal-include.m4
+# 
+# This macro adds the name macrodir to the set of directories
+# that `aclocal' searches for macros.  
+
+# serial 1
+
+dnl AM_ACLOCAL_INCLUDE(macrodir)
+AC_DEFUN([AM_ACLOCAL_INCLUDE],
+[
+	AM_CONDITIONAL(INSIDE_GNOME_COMMON, false)
+
+	test -n "$ACLOCAL_FLAGS" && ACLOCAL="$ACLOCAL $ACLOCAL_FLAGS"
+
+	for k in $1 ; do ACLOCAL="$ACLOCAL -I $k" ; done
+])
diff --git a/macros/autogen.sh b/macros/autogen.sh
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..71f7dfcf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/autogen.sh
@@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# Run this to generate all the initial makefiles, etc.
+
+DIE=0
+
+if [ -n "$GNOME2_PATH" ]; then
+	ACLOCAL_FLAGS="-I $GNOME2_PATH/share/aclocal $ACLOCAL_FLAGS"
+	PATH="$GNOME2_PATH/bin:$PATH"
+	export PATH
+fi
+
+(autoconf --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 || {
+  echo
+  echo "**Error**: You must have \`autoconf' installed to compile $PKG_NAME."
+  echo "Download the appropriate package for your distribution,"
+  echo "or get the source tarball at ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/"
+  DIE=1
+}
+
+(grep "^AC_PROG_INTLTOOL" $srcdir/configure.in >/dev/null) && {
+  (intltoolize --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 || {
+    echo 
+    echo "**Error**: You must have \`intltoolize' installed to compile $PKG_NAME."
+    echo "Get ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/GNOME/stable/sources/intltool/intltool-0.10.tar.gz"
+    echo "(or a newer version if it is available)"
+    DIE=1
+  }
+}
+
+(grep "^AM_PROG_XML_I18N_TOOLS" $srcdir/configure.in >/dev/null) && {
+  (xml-i18n-toolize --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 || {
+    echo 
+    echo "**Error**: You must have \`xml-i18n-toolize' installed to compile $PKG_NAME."
+    echo "Get ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/GNOME/stable/sources/xml-i18n-tools/xml-i18n-tools-0.9.tar.gz"
+    echo "(or a newer version of xml-i18n-tools or intltool if it is available)"
+    DIE=1
+  }
+}
+
+(grep "^AM_PROG_LIBTOOL" $srcdir/configure.in >/dev/null) && {
+  (libtool --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 || {
+    echo
+    echo "**Error**: You must have \`libtool' installed to compile $PKG_NAME."
+    echo "Get ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/libtool-1.2d.tar.gz"
+    echo "(or a newer version if it is available)"
+    DIE=1
+  }
+}
+
+#grep "^AM_GNU_GETTEXT" $srcdir/configure.in >/dev/null && {
+#  grep "sed.*POTFILES" $srcdir/configure.in >/dev/null || \
+#  (gettext --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 || {
+#    echo
+#    echo "**Error**: You must have \`gettext' installed to compile $PKG_NAME."
+#    echo "Get ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/gettext/gettext-0.10.39.tar.gz"
+#    echo "(or a newer version if it is available)"
+#    DIE=1
+#  }
+#}
+
+#grep "^AM_GNOME_GETTEXT" $srcdir/configure.in >/dev/null && {
+#  grep "sed.*POTFILES" $srcdir/configure.in >/dev/null || \
+#  (gettext --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 || {
+#    echo
+#    echo "**Error**: You must have \`gettext' installed to compile $PKG_NAME."
+#    echo "Get ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/gettext/gettext-0.10.39.tar.gz"
+#    echo "(or a newer version if it is available)"
+#    DIE=1
+#  }
+#}
+
+(automake --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 || {
+  echo
+  echo "**Error**: You must have \`automake' installed to compile $PKG_NAME."
+  echo "Get ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/automake-1.3.tar.gz"
+  echo "(or a newer version if it is available)"
+  DIE=1
+  NO_AUTOMAKE=yes
+}
+
+
+# if no automake, don't bother testing for aclocal
+test -n "$NO_AUTOMAKE" || (aclocal --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 || {
+  echo
+  echo "**Error**: Missing \`aclocal'.  The version of \`automake'"
+  echo "installed doesn't appear recent enough."
+  echo "Get ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/automake-1.3.tar.gz"
+  echo "(or a newer version if it is available)"
+  DIE=1
+}
+
+if test "$DIE" -eq 1; then
+  exit 1
+fi
+
+if test -z "$*"; then
+  echo "**Warning**: I am going to run \`configure' with no arguments."
+  echo "If you wish to pass any to it, please specify them on the"
+  echo \`$0\'" command line."
+  echo
+fi
+
+case $CC in
+xlc )
+  am_opt=--include-deps;;
+esac
+
+for coin in `find $srcdir -name configure.in -print`
+do 
+  dr=`dirname $coin`
+  if test -f $dr/NO-AUTO-GEN; then
+    echo skipping $dr -- flagged as no auto-gen
+  else
+    echo processing $dr
+    macrodirs=`sed -n -e 's,AM_ACLOCAL_INCLUDE(\(.*\)),\1,gp' < $coin`
+    ( cd $dr
+      macrosdir=`find . -name macros -print`
+      for i in $macrodirs; do
+	if test -f $i/gnome-gettext.m4; then
+	  DELETEFILES="$DELETEFILES $i/gnome-gettext.m4"
+	fi
+      done
+
+      echo "deletefiles is $DELETEFILES"
+      aclocalinclude="$ACLOCAL_FLAGS"
+      for k in $aclocalinclude; do
+  	if test -d $k; then
+	  if [ -f $k/gnome.m4 -a "$GNOME_INTERFACE_VERSION" = "1" ]; then
+	    rm -f $DELETEFILES
+	  fi
+        fi
+      done
+      for k in $macrodirs; do
+  	if test -d $k; then
+          aclocalinclude="$aclocalinclude -I $k"
+	  if [ -f $k/gnome.m4 -a "$GNOME_INTERFACE_VERSION" = "1" ]; then
+	    rm -f $DELETEFILES
+	  fi
+        fi
+      done
+      if grep "^AM_GNU_GETTEXT" configure.in >/dev/null; then
+	if grep "sed.*POTFILES" configure.in >/dev/null; then
+	  : do nothing -- we still have an old unmodified configure.in
+	else
+	  echo "Creating $dr/aclocal.m4 ..."
+	  test -r $dr/aclocal.m4 || touch $dr/aclocal.m4
+	  echo "Running gettextize...  Ignore non-fatal messages."
+	  echo "no" | gettextize --force --copy
+	  echo "Making $dr/aclocal.m4 writable ..."
+	  test -r $dr/aclocal.m4 && chmod u+w $dr/aclocal.m4
+        fi
+      fi
+      if grep "^AM_GNOME_GETTEXT" configure.in >/dev/null; then
+	echo "Creating $dr/aclocal.m4 ..."
+	test -r $dr/aclocal.m4 || touch $dr/aclocal.m4
+	echo "Running gettextize...  Ignore non-fatal messages."
+	echo "no" | gettextize --force --copy
+	echo "Making $dr/aclocal.m4 writable ..."
+	test -r $dr/aclocal.m4 && chmod u+w $dr/aclocal.m4
+      fi
+      if grep "^AC_PROG_INTLTOOL" configure.in >/dev/null; then
+        echo "Running intltoolize..."
+	intltoolize --copy --force --automake
+      fi
+      if grep "^AM_PROG_XML_I18N_TOOLS" configure.in >/dev/null; then
+        echo "Running xml-i18n-toolize..."
+	xml-i18n-toolize --copy --force --automake
+      fi
+      if grep "^AM_PROG_LIBTOOL" configure.in >/dev/null; then
+	if test -z "$NO_LIBTOOLIZE" ; then 
+	  echo "Running libtoolize..."
+	  libtoolize --force --copy
+	fi
+      fi
+      echo "Running aclocal $aclocalinclude ..."
+      aclocal $aclocalinclude || {
+	echo
+	echo "**Error**: aclocal failed. This may mean that you have not"
+	echo "installed all of the packages you need, or you may need to"
+	echo "set ACLOCAL_FLAGS to include \"-I \$prefix/share/aclocal\""
+	echo "for the prefix where you installed the packages whose"
+	echo "macros were not found"
+	exit 1
+      }
+
+      if grep "^AM_CONFIG_HEADER" configure.in >/dev/null; then
+	echo "Running autoheader..."
+	autoheader || { echo "**Error**: autoheader failed."; exit 1; }
+      fi
+      echo "Running automake --gnu $am_opt ..."
+      automake --add-missing --gnu $am_opt ||
+	{ echo "**Error**: automake failed."; exit 1; }
+      echo "Running autoconf ..."
+      autoconf || { echo "**Error**: autoconf failed."; exit 1; }
+    ) || exit 1
+  fi
+done
+
+conf_flags="--enable-maintainer-mode --enable-compile-warnings" #--enable-iso-c
+
+if test x$NOCONFIGURE = x; then
+  echo Running $srcdir/configure $conf_flags "$@" ...
+  $srcdir/configure $conf_flags "$@" \
+  && echo Now type \`make\' to compile $PKG_NAME || exit 1
+else
+  echo Skipping configure process.
+fi
diff --git a/macros/compiler-flags.m4 b/macros/compiler-flags.m4
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..63f8e2e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/compiler-flags.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+dnl GNOME_COMPILE_WARNINGS
+dnl Turn on many useful compiler warnings
+dnl For now, only works on GCC
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_COMPILE_WARNINGS],[
+  AC_ARG_ENABLE(compile-warnings, 
+    [  --enable-compile-warnings=[no/minimum/yes]	Turn on compiler warnings.],,enable_compile_warnings=minimum)
+
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING(what warning flags to pass to the C compiler)
+  warnCFLAGS=
+  if test "x$GCC" != xyes; then
+    enable_compile_warnings=no
+  fi
+
+  if test "x$enable_compile_warnings" != "xno"; then
+    if test "x$GCC" = "xyes"; then
+      case " $CFLAGS " in
+      *[\ \	]-Wall[\ \	]*) ;;
+      *) warnCFLAGS="-Wall -Wunused" ;;
+      esac
+
+      ## -W is not all that useful.  And it cannot be controlled
+      ## with individual -Wno-xxx flags, unlike -Wall
+      if test "x$enable_compile_warnings" = "xyes"; then
+	warnCFLAGS="$warnCFLAGS -Wmissing-prototypes -Wmissing-declarations"
+      fi
+    fi
+  fi
+  AC_MSG_RESULT($warnCFLAGS)
+
+  AC_ARG_ENABLE(iso-c,
+    [  --enable-iso-c          Try to warn if code is not ISO C ],,
+    enable_iso_c=no)
+
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING(what language compliance flags to pass to the C compiler)
+  complCFLAGS=
+  if test "x$enable_iso_c" != "xno"; then
+    if test "x$GCC" = "xyes"; then
+      case " $CFLAGS " in
+      *[\ \	]-ansi[\ \	]*) ;;
+      *) complCFLAGS="$complCFLAGS -ansi" ;;
+      esac
+
+      case " $CFLAGS " in
+      *[\ \	]-pedantic[\ \	]*) ;;
+      *) complCFLAGS="$complCFLAGS -pedantic" ;;
+      esac
+    fi
+  fi
+  AC_MSG_RESULT($complCFLAGS)
+  if test "x$cflags_set" != "xyes"; then
+    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $warnCFLAGS $complCFLAGS"
+    cflags_set=yes
+    AC_SUBST(cflags_set)
+  fi
+])
+
+dnl For C++, do basically the same thing.
+
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_CXX_WARNINGS],[
+  AC_ARG_ENABLE(cxx-warnings, 
+    [  --enable-cxx-warnings=[no/minimum/yes]	Turn on compiler warnings.],,enable_cxx_warnings=minimum)
+
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING(what warning flags to pass to the C++ compiler)
+  warnCXXFLAGS=
+  if test "x$GCC" != xyes; then
+    enable_compile_warnings=no
+  fi
+  if test "x$enable_cxx_warnings" != "xno"; then
+    if test "x$GCC" = "xyes"; then
+      case " $CXXFLAGS " in
+      *[\ \	]-Wall[\ \	]*) ;;
+      *) warnCXXFLAGS="-Wall -Wno-unused" ;;
+      esac
+
+      ## -W is not all that useful.  And it cannot be controlled
+      ## with individual -Wno-xxx flags, unlike -Wall
+      if test "x$enable_cxx_warnings" = "xyes"; then
+	warnCXXFLAGS="$warnCXXFLAGS -Wmissing-prototypes -Wmissing-declarations -Wshadow -Woverloaded-virtual"
+      fi
+    fi
+  fi
+  AC_MSG_RESULT($warnCXXFLAGS)
+
+   AC_ARG_ENABLE(iso-cxx,
+     [  --enable-iso-cxx          Try to warn if code is not ISO C++ ],,
+     enable_iso_cxx=no)
+
+   AC_MSG_CHECKING(what language compliance flags to pass to the C++ compiler)
+   complCXXFLAGS=
+   if test "x$enable_iso_cxx" != "xno"; then
+     if test "x$GCC" = "xyes"; then
+      case " $CXXFLAGS " in
+      *[\ \	]-ansi[\ \	]*) ;;
+      *) complCXXFLAGS="$complCXXFLAGS -ansi" ;;
+      esac
+
+      case " $CXXFLAGS " in
+      *[\ \	]-pedantic[\ \	]*) ;;
+      *) complCXXFLAGS="$complCXXFLAGS -pedantic" ;;
+      esac
+     fi
+   fi
+  AC_MSG_RESULT($complCXXFLAGS)
+  if test "x$cxxflags_set" != "xyes"; then
+    CXXFLAGS="$CXXFLAGS $warnCXXFLAGS $complCXXFLAGS"
+    cxxflags_set=yes
+    AC_SUBST(cxxflags_set)
+  fi
+])
diff --git a/macros/curses.m4 b/macros/curses.m4
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5307e13d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/curses.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,318 @@
+dnl Curses detection: Munged from Midnight Commander's configure.in
+dnl
+dnl What it does:
+dnl =============
+dnl
+dnl - Determine which version of curses is installed on your system
+dnl   and set the -I/-L/-l compiler entries and add a few preprocessor
+dnl   symbols 
+dnl - Do an AC_SUBST on the CURSES_INCLUDEDIR and CURSES_LIBS so that
+dnl   @CURSES_INCLUDEDIR@ and @CURSES_LIBS@ will be available in
+dnl   Makefile.in's
+dnl - Modify the following configure variables (these are the only
+dnl   curses.m4 variables you can access from within configure.in)
+dnl   CURSES_INCLUDEDIR - contains -I's and possibly -DRENAMED_CURSES if
+dnl                       an ncurses.h that's been renamed to curses.h
+dnl                       is found.
+dnl   CURSES_LIBS       - sets -L and -l's appropriately
+dnl   CFLAGS            - if --with-sco, add -D_SVID3 
+dnl   has_curses        - exports result of tests to rest of configure
+dnl
+dnl Usage:
+dnl ======
+dnl 1) Add lines indicated below to acconfig.h
+dnl 2) call AC_CHECK_CURSES after AC_PROG_CC in your configure.in
+dnl 3) Instead of #include <curses.h> you should use the following to
+dnl    properly locate ncurses or curses header file
+dnl
+dnl    #if defined(USE_NCURSES) && !defined(RENAMED_NCURSES)
+dnl    #include <ncurses.h>
+dnl    #else
+dnl    #include <curses.h>
+dnl    #endif
+dnl
+dnl 4) Make sure to add @CURSES_INCLUDEDIR@ to your preprocessor flags
+dnl 5) Make sure to add @CURSES_LIBS@ to your linker flags or LIBS
+dnl
+dnl Notes with automake:
+dnl - call AM_CONDITIONAL(HAS_CURSES, test "$has_curses" = true) from
+dnl   configure.in
+dnl - your Makefile.am can look something like this
+dnl   -----------------------------------------------
+dnl   INCLUDES= blah blah blah $(CURSES_INCLUDEDIR) 
+dnl   if HAS_CURSES
+dnl   CURSES_TARGETS=name_of_curses_prog
+dnl   endif
+dnl   bin_PROGRAMS = other_programs $(CURSES_TARGETS)
+dnl   other_programs_SOURCES = blah blah blah
+dnl   name_of_curses_prog_SOURCES = blah blah blah
+dnl   other_programs_LDADD = blah
+dnl   name_of_curses_prog_LDADD = blah $(CURSES_LIBS)
+dnl   -----------------------------------------------
+dnl
+dnl
+dnl The following lines should be added to acconfig.h:
+dnl ==================================================
+dnl
+dnl /*=== Curses version detection defines ===*/
+dnl /* Found some version of curses that we're going to use */
+dnl #undef HAS_CURSES
+dnl    
+dnl /* Use SunOS SysV curses? */
+dnl #undef USE_SUNOS_CURSES
+dnl 
+dnl /* Use old BSD curses - not used right now */
+dnl #undef USE_BSD_CURSES
+dnl 
+dnl /* Use SystemV curses? */
+dnl #undef USE_SYSV_CURSES
+dnl 
+dnl /* Use Ncurses? */
+dnl #undef USE_NCURSES
+dnl 
+dnl /* If you Curses does not have color define this one */
+dnl #undef NO_COLOR_CURSES
+dnl 
+dnl /* Define if you want to turn on SCO-specific code */
+dnl #undef SCO_FLAVOR
+dnl 
+dnl /* Set to reflect version of ncurses *
+dnl  *   0 = version 1.*
+dnl  *   1 = version 1.9.9g
+dnl  *   2 = version 4.0/4.1 */
+dnl #undef NCURSES_970530
+dnl
+dnl /*=== End new stuff for acconfig.h ===*/
+dnl 
+
+
+AC_DEFUN([AC_CHECK_CURSES],[
+	search_ncurses=true
+	screen_manager=""
+	has_curses=false
+
+	CFLAGS=${CFLAGS--O}
+
+	AC_SUBST(CURSES_LIBS)
+	AC_SUBST(CURSES_INCLUDEDIR)
+
+	AC_ARG_WITH(sco,
+	  [  --with-sco              Use this to turn on SCO-specific code],[
+	  if test x$withval = xyes; then
+		AC_DEFINE(SCO_FLAVOR)
+		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -D_SVID3"
+	  fi
+	])
+
+	AC_ARG_WITH(sunos-curses,
+	  [  --with-sunos-curses     Used to force SunOS 4.x curses],[
+	  if test x$withval = xyes; then
+		AC_USE_SUNOS_CURSES
+	  fi
+	])
+
+	AC_ARG_WITH(osf1-curses,
+	  [  --with-osf1-curses      Used to force OSF/1 curses],[
+	  if test x$withval = xyes; then
+		AC_USE_OSF1_CURSES
+	  fi
+	])
+
+	AC_ARG_WITH(vcurses,
+	  [  --with-vcurses[=incdir] Used to force SysV curses],
+	  if test x$withval != xyes; then
+		CURSES_INCLUDEDIR="-I$withval"
+	  fi
+	  AC_USE_SYSV_CURSES
+	)
+
+	AC_ARG_WITH(ncurses,
+	  [  --with-ncurses[=dir]  Compile with ncurses/locate base dir],
+	  if test x$withval = xno ; then
+		search_ncurses=false
+	  elif test x$withval != xyes ; then
+		CURSES_LIBS="$LIBS -L$withval/lib -lncurses"
+		CURSES_INCLUDEDIR="-I$withval/include"
+		search_ncurses=false
+		screen_manager="ncurses"
+		AC_DEFINE(USE_NCURSES)
+		AC_DEFINE(HAS_CURSES)
+		has_curses=true
+	  fi
+	)
+
+	if $search_ncurses
+	then
+		AC_SEARCH_NCURSES()
+	fi
+
+
+])
+
+
+AC_DEFUN([AC_USE_SUNOS_CURSES], [
+	search_ncurses=false
+	screen_manager="SunOS 4.x /usr/5include curses"
+	AC_MSG_RESULT(Using SunOS 4.x /usr/5include curses)
+	AC_DEFINE(USE_SUNOS_CURSES)
+	AC_DEFINE(HAS_CURSES)
+	has_curses=true
+	AC_DEFINE(NO_COLOR_CURSES)
+	AC_DEFINE(USE_SYSV_CURSES)
+	CURSES_INCLUDEDIR="-I/usr/5include"
+	CURSES_LIBS="/usr/5lib/libcurses.a /usr/5lib/libtermcap.a"
+	AC_MSG_RESULT(Please note that some screen refreshs may fail)
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([AC_USE_OSF1_CURSES], [
+       AC_MSG_RESULT(Using OSF1 curses)
+       search_ncurses=false
+       screen_manager="OSF1 curses"
+       AC_DEFINE(HAS_CURSES)
+       has_curses=true
+       AC_DEFINE(NO_COLOR_CURSES)
+       AC_DEFINE(USE_SYSV_CURSES)
+       CURSES_LIBS="-lcurses"
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([AC_USE_SYSV_CURSES], [
+	AC_MSG_RESULT(Using SysV curses)
+	AC_DEFINE(HAS_CURSES)
+	has_curses=true
+	AC_DEFINE(USE_SYSV_CURSES)
+	search_ncurses=false
+	screen_manager="SysV/curses"
+	CURSES_LIBS="-lcurses"
+])
+
+dnl AC_ARG_WITH(bsd-curses,
+dnl [--with-bsd-curses         Used to compile with bsd curses, not very fancy],
+dnl 	search_ncurses=false
+dnl	screen_manager="Ultrix/cursesX"
+dnl	if test $system = ULTRIX
+dnl	then
+dnl	    THIS_CURSES=cursesX
+dnl        else
+dnl	    THIS_CURSES=curses
+dnl	fi
+dnl
+dnl	CURSES_LIBS="-l$THIS_CURSES -ltermcap"
+dnl	AC_DEFINE(HAS_CURSES)
+dnl	has_curses=true
+dnl	AC_DEFINE(USE_BSD_CURSES)
+dnl	AC_MSG_RESULT(Please note that some screen refreshs may fail)
+dnl	AC_MSG_WARN(Use of the bsdcurses extension has some)
+dnl	AC_MSG_WARN(display/input problems.)
+dnl	AC_MSG_WARN(Reconsider using xcurses)
+dnl)
+
+	
+dnl
+dnl Parameters: directory filename cureses_LIBS curses_INCLUDEDIR nicename
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN([AC_NCURSES], [
+    if $search_ncurses
+    then
+        if test -f $1/$2
+	then
+	    AC_MSG_RESULT(Found ncurses on $1/$2)
+ 	    CURSES_LIBS="$3"
+	    CURSES_INCLUDEDIR="$4"
+	    search_ncurses=false
+	    screen_manager=$5
+            AC_DEFINE(HAS_CURSES)
+            has_curses=true
+	    AC_DEFINE(USE_NCURSES)
+	fi
+    fi
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([AC_SEARCH_NCURSES], [
+    AC_CHECKING("location of ncurses.h file")
+
+    AC_NCURSES(/usr/include, ncurses.h, -lncurses,, "ncurses on /usr/include")
+    AC_NCURSES(/usr/include/ncurses, ncurses.h, -lncurses, -I/usr/include/ncurses, "ncurses on /usr/include/ncurses")
+    AC_NCURSES(/usr/local/include, ncurses.h, -L/usr/local/lib -lncurses, -I/usr/local/include, "ncurses on /usr/local")
+    AC_NCURSES(/usr/local/include/ncurses, ncurses.h, -L/usr/local/lib -L/usr/local/lib/ncurses -lncurses, -I/usr/local/include/ncurses, "ncurses on /usr/local/include/ncurses")
+
+    AC_NCURSES(/usr/local/include/ncurses, curses.h, -L/usr/local/lib -lncurses, -I/usr/local/include/ncurses -DRENAMED_NCURSES, "renamed ncurses on /usr/local/.../ncurses")
+
+    AC_NCURSES(/usr/include/ncurses, curses.h, -lncurses, -I/usr/include/ncurses -DRENAMED_NCURSES, "renamed ncurses on /usr/include/ncurses")
+
+    dnl
+    dnl We couldn't find ncurses, try SysV curses
+    dnl
+    if $search_ncurses 
+    then
+        AC_EGREP_HEADER(init_color, /usr/include/curses.h,
+	    AC_USE_SYSV_CURSES)
+	AC_EGREP_CPP(USE_NCURSES,[
+#include <curses.h>
+#ifdef __NCURSES_H
+#undef USE_NCURSES
+USE_NCURSES
+#endif
+],[
+	CURSES_INCLUDEDIR="$CURSES_INCLUDEDIR -DRENAMED_NCURSES"
+        AC_DEFINE(HAS_CURSES)
+	has_curses=true
+        AC_DEFINE(USE_NCURSES)
+        search_ncurses=false
+        screen_manager="ncurses installed as curses"
+])
+    fi
+
+    dnl
+    dnl Try SunOS 4.x /usr/5{lib,include} ncurses
+    dnl The flags USE_SUNOS_CURSES, USE_BSD_CURSES and BUGGY_CURSES
+    dnl should be replaced by a more fine grained selection routine
+    dnl
+    if $search_ncurses
+    then
+	if test -f /usr/5include/curses.h
+	then
+	    AC_USE_SUNOS_CURSES
+        fi
+    else
+        # check for ncurses version, to properly ifdef mouse-fix
+	AC_MSG_CHECKING(for ncurses version)
+	ncurses_version=unknown
+cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+[#]line __oline__ "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#ifdef RENAMED_NCURSES
+#include <curses.h>
+#else
+#include <ncurses.h>
+#endif
+#undef VERSION
+VERSION:NCURSES_VERSION
+EOF
+        if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&AC_FD_CC |
+  egrep "VERSION:" >conftest.out 2>&1; then
+changequote(,)dnl
+            ncurses_version=`cat conftest.out|sed -e 's/^[^"]*"//' -e 's/".*//'`
+changequote([,])dnl
+	fi
+	rm -rf conftest*
+        AC_MSG_RESULT($ncurses_version)
+	case "$ncurses_version" in
+changequote(,)dnl
+	4.[01])
+changequote([,])dnl
+            AC_DEFINE(NCURSES_970530,2)
+            ;;
+	1.9.9g)
+            AC_DEFINE(NCURSES_970530,1)
+            ;;
+	1*)
+            AC_DEFINE(NCURSES_970530,0)
+            ;;
+	esac
+    fi
+])
+
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/macros/gnome-bonobo-check.m4 b/macros/gnome-bonobo-check.m4
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..daa109c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/gnome-bonobo-check.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+# Configure paths for Bonobo
+# Miguel de Icaza, 99-04-12
+# Stolen from Chris Lahey	99-2-5
+# stolen from Manish Singh again
+# stolen back from Frank Belew
+# stolen from Manish Singh
+# Shamelessly stolen from Owen Taylor
+
+dnl AM_PATH_BONOBO ([MINIMUM-VERSION, [ACTION-IF-FOUND [, ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]]])
+dnl Test for Bonobo, and define BONOBO_CFLAGS and BONOBO_LIBS
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN([AM_PATH_BONOBO],
+[
+dnl 
+dnl Get the cflags and libraries from the gnome-config script
+dnl
+AC_ARG_WITH(bonobo-prefix,[  --with-bonobo-prefix=PFX   Prefix where Bonobo is installed (optional)],
+            bonobo_prefix="$withval", bonobo_prefix="")
+AC_ARG_WITH(bonobo-exec-prefix,[  --with-bonobo-exec-prefix=PFX Exec prefix where Bonobo is installed (optional)],
+            bonobo_exec_prefix="$withval", bonobo_exec_prefix="")
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(bonobotest, [  --disable-bonobotest       Do not try to compile and run a test Bonobo program],
+		    , enable_bonobotest=yes)
+
+  if test x$bonobo_exec_prefix != x ; then
+     bonobo_args="$bonobo_args --exec-prefix=$bonobo_exec_prefix"
+     if test x${GNOME_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
+        GNOME_CONFIG=$bonobo_exec_prefix/bin/gnome-config
+     fi
+  fi
+  if test x$bonobo_prefix != x ; then
+     bonobo_args="$bonobo_args --prefix=$bonobo_prefix"
+     if test x${GNOME_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
+        GNOME_CONFIG=$bonobo_prefix/bin/gnome-config
+     fi
+  fi
+
+  AC_PATH_PROG(GNOME_CONFIG, gnome-config, no)
+  min_bonobo_version=ifelse([$1], ,0.1.0,$1)
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING(for BONOBO - version >= $min_bonobo_version)
+  no_bonobo=""
+  if test "$GNOME_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
+    no_bonobo=yes
+  else
+    BONOBO_CFLAGS=`$GNOME_CONFIG $bonoboconf_args --cflags bonobo bonobox`
+    BONOBO_LIBS=`$GNOME_CONFIG $bonoboconf_args --libs bonobo bonobox`
+
+    bonobo_major_version=`$GNOME_CONFIG $bonobo_args --version | \
+           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'`
+    bonobo_minor_version=`$GNOME_CONFIG $bonobo_args --version | \
+           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\2/'`
+    bonobo_micro_version=`$GNOME_CONFIG $bonobo_config_args --version | \
+           sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\3/'`
+    if test "x$enable_bonobotest" = "xyes" ; then
+      ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+      ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+      CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $BONOBO_CFLAGS"
+      LIBS="$LIBS $BONOBO_LIBS"
+dnl
+dnl Now check if the installed BONOBO is sufficiently new. (Also sanity
+dnl checks the results of gnome-config to some extent
+dnl
+      rm -f conf.bonobotest
+      AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <bonobo.h>
+
+static char*
+my_strdup (char *str)
+{
+  char *new_str;
+  
+  if (str)
+    {
+      new_str = malloc ((strlen (str) + 1) * sizeof(char));
+      strcpy (new_str, str);
+    }
+  else
+    new_str = NULL;
+  
+  return new_str;
+}
+
+int main ()
+{
+  int major, minor, micro;
+  char *tmp_version;
+
+  system ("touch conf.bonobotest");
+  bonobo_object_get_type ();
+  return 0;
+}
+
+],, no_bonobo=yes,[echo $ac_n "cross compiling; assumed OK... $ac_c"])
+       CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
+       LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+     fi
+  fi
+  if test "x$no_bonobo" = x ; then
+     AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+     ifelse([$2], , :, [$2])     
+  else
+     AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+     if test "$GNOME_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
+       echo "*** The gnome-config script installed by GNOME-LIBS could not be found"
+       echo "*** If BONOBO was installed in PREFIX, make sure PREFIX/bin is in"
+       echo "*** your path, or set the GNOME_CONFIG environment variable to the"
+       echo "*** full path to gnome-config."
+     else
+       if test -f conf.bonobotest ; then
+        :
+       else
+          echo "*** Could not run BONOBO test program, checking why..."
+          CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $BONOBO_CFLAGS"
+          LIBS="$LIBS $BONOBO_LIBS"
+          AC_TRY_LINK([
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <bonobo/gnome-object.h>
+],      [ return 0; ],
+        [ echo "*** The test program compiled, but did not run. This usually means"
+          echo "*** that the run-time linker is not finding BONOBO or finding the wrong"
+          echo "*** version of BONOBO. If it is not finding BONOBO, you'll need to set your"
+          echo "*** LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable, or edit /etc/ld.so.conf to point"
+          echo "*** to the installed location  Also, make sure you have run ldconfig if that"
+          echo "*** is required on your system"
+	  echo "***"
+          echo "*** If you have an old version installed, it is best to remove it, although"
+          echo "*** you may also be able to get things to work by modifying LD_LIBRARY_PATH"],
+        [ echo "*** The test program failed to compile or link. See the file config.log for the"
+          echo "*** exact error that occured. This usually means BONOBO was incorrectly installed"
+          echo "*** or that you have moved BONOBO since it was installed. In the latter case, you"
+          echo "*** may want to edit the gnome-config script: $GNOME_CONFIG" ])
+          CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
+          LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+       fi
+     fi
+     BONOBO_CFLAGS=""
+     BONOBO_LIBS=""
+     ifelse([$3], , :, [$3])
+  fi
+  AC_SUBST(BONOBO_CFLAGS)
+  AC_SUBST(BONOBO_LIBS)
+  rm -f conf.bonobotest
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([BONOBO_CHECK], [
+	AM_PATH_BONOBO(0.1.0,,[AC_MSG_ERROR(BONOBO not found)])
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([AM_BONOBO_USES_OAF],
+[
+	AC_REQUIRE([AM_PATH_BONOBO])
+
+	AC_MSG_CHECKING(if Bonobo uses OAF)
+	if ( gnome-config --libs bonobo | grep oaf ) > /dev/null 2>&1 ; then
+	  using_oaf="yes"
+	  AC_DEFINE(BONOBO_USES_OAF)
+	else
+	  using_oaf="no"
+	fi
+
+	AC_MSG_RESULT("$using_oaf")
+
+	AM_CONDITIONAL(BONOBO_USES_OAF, test x"using_oaf" = "xyes")
+])
diff --git a/macros/gnome-common.m4 b/macros/gnome-common.m4
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..83bb00d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/gnome-common.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+# gnome-common.m4
+# 
+# This only for packages that are not in the GNOME CVS tree.
+
+dnl GNOME_COMMON_INIT
+
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_COMMON_INIT],
+[
+	GNOME_ACLOCAL_DIR="$GNOME_COMMON_MACROS_DIR"
+	AC_SUBST(GNOME_ACLOCAL_DIR)
+
+	ACLOCAL="$ACLOCAL $ACLOCAL_FLAGS"
+])
+
diff --git a/macros/gnome-cxx-check.m4 b/macros/gnome-cxx-check.m4
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3c54d62b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/gnome-cxx-check.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+dnl GNOME_CHECK_CXX(not_found_string)
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_CHECK_CXX],
+[
+  # see if a C++ compiler exists and works
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CXX])dnl
+  if test "x$ac_cv_prog_cxx_works" = xno; then
+    AC_MSG_WARN(ifelse([$1], , "No C++ compiler", [$1]))
+  fi
+  AM_CONDITIONAL(CXX_PRESENT, test "x$ac_cv_prog_cxx_works" != xno)
+])
diff --git a/macros/gnome-fileutils.m4 b/macros/gnome-fileutils.m4
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a8456f2a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/gnome-fileutils.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,414 @@
+dnl
+dnl GNOME_FILEUTILS_CHECKS
+dnl
+dnl checks that are needed for the diskusage applet.
+dnl
+
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_FILEUTILS_CHECKS],
+[	
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS(fcntl.h sys/param.h sys/statfs.h sys/fstyp.h \
+mnttab.h mntent.h sys/statvfs.h sys/vfs.h sys/mount.h \
+sys/filsys.h sys/fs_types.h sys/fs/s5param.h)
+
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(bcopy endgrent endpwent fchdir ftime ftruncate \
+getcwd getmntinfo gettimeofday isascii lchown \
+listmntent memcpy mkfifo strchr strerror strrchr vprintf)
+
+dnl Set some defaults when cross-compiling
+
+if test x$cross_compiling = xyes ; then
+	case "$host_os" in
+	linux*)
+	  fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmntent1=yes
+	  fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs2_bsize=yes
+	  ;;
+	sunos*)
+	  fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs4=yes
+	  ;;
+	freebsd*)
+	  fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs2_bsize=yes
+	  ;;
+	osf*)
+	  fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs3_osf1=yes
+	  ;;
+	esac
+fi
+
+# Determine how to get the list of mounted filesystems.
+list_mounted_fs=
+
+# If the getmntent function is available but not in the standard library,
+# make sure LIBS contains -lsun (on Irix4) or -lseq (on PTX).
+AC_FUNC_GETMNTENT
+
+# This test must precede the ones for getmntent because Unicos-9 is
+# reported to have the getmntent function, but its support is incompatible
+# with other getmntent implementations.
+
+# NOTE: Normally, I wouldn't use a check for system type as I've done for
+# `CRAY' below since that goes against the whole autoconf philosophy.  But
+# I think there is too great a chance that some non-Cray system has a
+# function named listmntent to risk the false positive.
+
+if test -z "$list_mounted_fs"; then
+# Cray UNICOS 9
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for listmntent of Cray/Unicos-9])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(fu_cv_sys_mounted_cray_listmntent,
+[fu_cv_sys_mounted_cray_listmntent=no
+AC_EGREP_CPP(yes,
+[#ifdef _CRAY
+yes
+#endif
+], [test $ac_cv_func_listmntent = yes \
+&& fu_cv_sys_mounted_cray_listmntent=yes]
+)
+]
+)
+AC_MSG_RESULT($fu_cv_sys_mounted_cray_listmntent)
+if test $fu_cv_sys_mounted_cray_listmntent = yes; then
+list_mounted_fs=found
+AC_DEFINE(MOUNTED_LISTMNTENT)
+fi
+fi
+
+if test $ac_cv_func_getmntent = yes; then
+
+# This system has the getmntent function.
+# Determine whether it's the one-argument variant or the two-argument one.
+
+if test -z "$list_mounted_fs"; then
+# 4.3BSD, SunOS, HP-UX, Dynix, Irix
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for one-argument getmntent function])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmntent1,
+[test $ac_cv_header_mntent_h = yes \
+&& fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmntent1=yes \
+|| fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmntent1=no])
+AC_MSG_RESULT($fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmntent1)
+if test $fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmntent1 = yes; then
+list_mounted_fs=found
+AC_DEFINE(MOUNTED_GETMNTENT1)
+fi
+fi
+
+if test -z "$list_mounted_fs"; then
+# SVR4
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for two-argument getmntent function])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmntent2,
+[AC_EGREP_HEADER(getmntent, sys/mnttab.h,
+fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmntent2=yes,
+fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmntent2=no)])
+AC_MSG_RESULT($fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmntent2)
+if test $fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmntent2 = yes; then
+list_mounted_fs=found
+AC_DEFINE(MOUNTED_GETMNTENT2)
+fi
+fi
+
+if test -z "$list_mounted_fs"; then
+AC_MSG_ERROR([could not determine how to read list of mounted filesystems])
+fi
+
+fi
+
+if test -z "$list_mounted_fs"; then
+# DEC Alpha running OSF/1.
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for getfsstat function])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(fu_cv_sys_mounted_getsstat,
+[AC_TRY_LINK([
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/mount.h>
+#include <sys/fs_types.h>],
+[struct statfs *stats;
+int numsys = getfsstat ((struct statfs *)0, 0L, MNT_WAIT); ],
+fu_cv_sys_mounted_getsstat=yes,
+fu_cv_sys_mounted_getsstat=no)])
+AC_MSG_RESULT($fu_cv_sys_mounted_getsstat)
+if test $fu_cv_sys_mounted_getsstat = yes; then
+list_mounted_fs=found
+AC_DEFINE(MOUNTED_GETFSSTAT)
+fi
+fi
+
+if test -z "$list_mounted_fs"; then
+# AIX.
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for mntctl function and struct vmount])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(fu_cv_sys_mounted_vmount,
+[AC_TRY_CPP([#include <fshelp.h>],
+fu_cv_sys_mounted_vmount=yes,
+fu_cv_sys_mounted_vmount=no)])
+AC_MSG_RESULT($fu_cv_sys_mounted_vmount)
+if test $fu_cv_sys_mounted_vmount = yes; then
+list_mounted_fs=found
+AC_DEFINE(MOUNTED_VMOUNT)
+fi
+fi
+
+if test -z "$list_mounted_fs"; then
+# SVR3
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for FIXME existence of three headers])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(fu_cv_sys_mounted_fread_fstyp,
+[AC_TRY_CPP([
+#include <sys/statfs.h>
+#include <sys/fstyp.h>
+#include <mnttab.h>],
+fu_cv_sys_mounted_fread_fstyp=yes,
+fu_cv_sys_mounted_fread_fstyp=no)])
+AC_MSG_RESULT($fu_cv_sys_mounted_fread_fstyp)
+if test $fu_cv_sys_mounted_fread_fstyp = yes; then
+list_mounted_fs=found
+AC_DEFINE(MOUNTED_FREAD_FSTYP)
+fi
+fi
+
+if test -z "$list_mounted_fs"; then
+# 4.4BSD and DEC OSF/1.
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for getmntinfo function])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmntinfo,
+[
+ok=
+if test $ac_cv_func_getmntinfo = yes; then
+AC_EGREP_HEADER(f_type;, sys/mount.h,
+ok=yes)
+fi
+test -n "$ok" \
+&& fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmntinfo=yes \
+|| fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmntinfo=no
+])
+AC_MSG_RESULT($fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmntinfo)
+if test $fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmntinfo = yes; then
+list_mounted_fs=found
+AC_DEFINE(MOUNTED_GETMNTINFO)
+fi
+fi
+
+# FIXME: add a test for netbsd-1.1 here
+
+if test -z "$list_mounted_fs"; then
+# Ultrix
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for getmnt function])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmnt,
+[AC_TRY_CPP([
+#include <sys/fs_types.h>
+#include <sys/mount.h>],
+fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmnt=yes,
+fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmnt=no)])
+AC_MSG_RESULT($fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmnt)
+if test $fu_cv_sys_mounted_getmnt = yes; then
+list_mounted_fs=found
+AC_DEFINE(MOUNTED_GETMNT)
+fi
+fi
+
+if test -z "$list_mounted_fs"; then
+# SVR2
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether it is possible to resort to fread on /etc/mnttab])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(fu_cv_sys_mounted_fread,
+[AC_TRY_CPP([#include <mnttab.h>],
+fu_cv_sys_mounted_fread=yes,
+fu_cv_sys_mounted_fread=no)])
+AC_MSG_RESULT($fu_cv_sys_mounted_fread)
+if test $fu_cv_sys_mounted_fread = yes; then
+list_mounted_fs=found
+AC_DEFINE(MOUNTED_FREAD)
+fi
+fi
+
+if test -z "$list_mounted_fs"; then
+AC_MSG_ERROR([could not determine how to read list of mounted filesystems])
+# FIXME -- no need to abort building the whole package
+# Cannot build mountlist.c or anything that needs its functions
+fi
+
+AC_CHECKING(how to get filesystem space usage)
+space=no
+
+# Perform only the link test since it seems there are no variants of the
+# statvfs function.  This check is more than just AC_CHECK_FUNCS(statvfs)
+# because that got a false positive on SCO OSR5.  Adding the declaration
+# of a `struct statvfs' causes this test to fail (as it should) on such
+# systems.  That system is reported to work fine with STAT_STATFS4 which
+# is what it gets when this test fails.
+if test $space = no; then
+# SVR4
+AC_CACHE_CHECK([statvfs function (SVR4)], fu_cv_sys_stat_statvfs,
+[AC_TRY_LINK([#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/statvfs.h>],
+[struct statvfs fsd; statvfs (0, &fsd);],
+fu_cv_sys_stat_statvfs=yes,
+fu_cv_sys_stat_statvfs=no)])
+if test $fu_cv_sys_stat_statvfs = yes; then
+space=yes
+AC_DEFINE(STAT_STATVFS)
+fi
+fi
+
+if test $space = no; then
+# DEC Alpha running OSF/1
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for 3-argument statfs function (DEC OSF/1)])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs3_osf1,
+[AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/mount.h>
+int main ()
+{
+struct statfs fsd;
+fsd.f_fsize = 0;
+return (statfs (".", &fsd, sizeof (struct statfs)));
+}],
+fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs3_osf1=yes,
+fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs3_osf1=no,
+fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs3_osf1=no)])
+AC_MSG_RESULT($fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs3_osf1)
+if test $fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs3_osf1 = yes; then
+space=yes
+AC_DEFINE(STAT_STATFS3_OSF1)
+fi
+fi
+
+if test $space = no; then
+# AIX
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for two-argument statfs with statfs.bsize dnl
+member (AIX, 4.3BSD)])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs2_bsize,
+[AC_TRY_RUN([
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_MOUNT_H
+#include <sys/mount.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_VFS_H
+#include <sys/vfs.h>
+#endif
+int main ()
+{
+struct statfs fsd;
+fsd.f_bsize = 0;
+return (statfs (".", &fsd));
+}],
+fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs2_bsize=yes,
+fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs2_bsize=no,
+fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs2_bsize=no)])
+AC_MSG_RESULT($fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs2_bsize)
+if test $fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs2_bsize = yes; then
+space=yes
+AC_DEFINE(STAT_STATFS2_BSIZE)
+fi
+fi
+
+if test $space = no; then
+# SVR3
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for four-argument statfs (AIX-3.2.5, SVR3)])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs4,
+[AC_TRY_RUN([#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/statfs.h>
+int main ()
+{
+struct statfs fsd;
+return (statfs (".", &fsd, sizeof fsd, 0));
+}],
+fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs4=yes,
+fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs4=no,
+fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs4=no)])
+AC_MSG_RESULT($fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs4)
+if test $fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs4 = yes; then
+space=yes
+AC_DEFINE(STAT_STATFS4)
+fi
+fi
+
+if test $space = no; then
+# 4.4BSD and NetBSD
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for two-argument statfs with statfs.fsize dnl
+member (4.4BSD and NetBSD)])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs2_fsize,
+[AC_TRY_RUN([#include <sys/types.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_MOUNT_H
+#include <sys/mount.h>
+#endif
+int main ()
+{
+struct statfs fsd;
+fsd.f_fsize = 0;
+return (statfs (".", &fsd));
+}],
+fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs2_fsize=yes,
+fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs2_fsize=no,
+fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs2_fsize=no)])
+AC_MSG_RESULT($fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs2_fsize)
+if test $fu_cv_sys_stat_statfs2_fsize = yes; then
+space=yes
+AC_DEFINE(STAT_STATFS2_FSIZE)
+fi
+fi
+
+if test $space = no; then
+# Ultrix
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for two-argument statfs with struct fs_data (Ultrix)])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(fu_cv_sys_stat_fs_data,
+[AC_TRY_RUN([#include <sys/types.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_MOUNT_H
+#include <sys/mount.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_FS_TYPES_H
+#include <sys/fs_types.h>
+#endif
+int main ()
+{
+struct fs_data fsd;
+/* Ultrix's statfs returns 1 for success,
+0 for not mounted, -1 for failure.  */
+return (statfs (".", &fsd) != 1);
+}],
+fu_cv_sys_stat_fs_data=yes,
+fu_cv_sys_stat_fs_data=no,
+fu_cv_sys_stat_fs_data=no)])
+AC_MSG_RESULT($fu_cv_sys_stat_fs_data)
+if test $fu_cv_sys_stat_fs_data = yes; then
+space=yes
+AC_DEFINE(STAT_STATFS2_FS_DATA)
+fi
+fi
+
+if test $space = no; then
+# SVR2
+AC_TRY_CPP([#include <sys/filsys.h>],
+AC_DEFINE(STAT_READ_FILSYS) space=yes)
+fi
+
+if test -n "$list_mounted_fs" && test $space != no; then
+DF_PROG="df"
+# LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS fsusage.o"
+# LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS mountlist.o"
+fi
+
+# Check for SunOS statfs brokenness wrt partitions 2GB and larger.
+# If <sys/vfs.h> exists and struct statfs has a member named f_spare,
+# enable the work-around code in fsusage.c.
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for statfs that truncates block counts])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(fu_cv_sys_truncating_statfs,
+[AC_TRY_COMPILE([
+#if !defined(sun) && !defined(__sun)
+choke -- this is a workaround for a Sun-specific problem
+#endif
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/vfs.h>],
+[struct statfs t; long c = *(t.f_spare);],
+fu_cv_sys_truncating_statfs=yes,
+fu_cv_sys_truncating_statfs=no,
+)])
+if test $fu_cv_sys_truncating_statfs = yes; then
+AC_DEFINE(STATFS_TRUNCATES_BLOCK_COUNTS)
+fi
+AC_MSG_RESULT($fu_cv_sys_truncating_statfs)
+
+AC_CHECKING(for AFS)
+test -d /afs && AC_DEFINE(AFS)
+])
diff --git a/macros/gnome-gettext.m4 b/macros/gnome-gettext.m4
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5b173b73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/gnome-gettext.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,338 @@
+# Macro to add for using GNU gettext.
+# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
+#
+# Modified to never use included libintl. 
+# Owen Taylor <otaylor@redhat.com>, 12/15/1998
+#
+#
+# This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions.  It can
+# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU Public License
+# but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality.
+# Please note that the actual code is *not* freely available.
+
+# serial 5
+
+AC_DEFUN([AM_GNOME_WITH_NLS],
+  [AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether NLS is requested])
+    dnl Default is enabled NLS
+    AC_ARG_ENABLE(nls,
+      [  --disable-nls           do not use Native Language Support],
+      USE_NLS=$enableval, USE_NLS=yes)
+    AC_MSG_RESULT($USE_NLS)
+    AC_SUBST(USE_NLS)
+
+    BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
+    USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
+
+    dnl If we use NLS figure out what method
+    if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
+#      AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS)
+#      AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether included gettext is requested])
+#      AC_ARG_WITH(included-gettext,
+#        [  --with-included-gettext use the GNU gettext library included here],
+#        nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=$withval,
+#        nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=no)
+#      AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext)
+      nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext="no"
+
+      nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext="$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext"
+      if test "$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then
+        dnl User does not insist on using GNU NLS library.  Figure out what
+        dnl to use.  If gettext or catgets are available (in this order) we
+        dnl use this.  Else we have to fall back to GNU NLS library.
+	dnl catgets is only used if permitted by option --with-catgets.
+	nls_cv_header_intl=
+	nls_cv_header_libgt=
+	CATOBJEXT=NONE
+
+	AC_CHECK_HEADER(libintl.h,
+	  [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gettext in libc], gt_cv_func_gettext_libc,
+	    [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>], [return (int) gettext ("")],
+	       gt_cv_func_gettext_libc=yes, gt_cv_func_gettext_libc=no)])
+
+	   if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" != "yes"; then
+	     AC_CHECK_LIB(intl, bindtextdomain,
+	       [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gettext in libintl],
+		 gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl,
+		 [AC_CHECK_LIB(intl, gettext,
+		  gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=yes,
+		  gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=no)],
+		 gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=no)])
+	   fi
+
+	   if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" = "yes" \
+	      || test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl" = "yes"; then
+	      AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTEXT)
+	      AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
+		[test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], no)dnl
+	      if test "$MSGFMT" != "no"; then
+		AC_CHECK_FUNCS(dcgettext)
+		AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
+		AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
+		  [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :)
+		AC_TRY_LINK(, [extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+			       return _nl_msg_cat_cntr],
+		  [CATOBJEXT=.gmo
+		   DATADIRNAME=share],
+		  [CATOBJEXT=.mo
+		   DATADIRNAME=lib])
+		INSTOBJEXT=.mo
+	      fi
+	    fi
+
+	    # Added by Martin Baulig 12/15/98 for libc5 systems
+	    if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" != "yes" \
+	       && test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl" = "yes"; then
+	       INTLLIBS=-lintl
+	       LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed -e 's/-lintl//'`
+	    fi
+	])
+
+        if test "$CATOBJEXT" = "NONE"; then
+	  AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether catgets can be used])
+	  AC_ARG_WITH(catgets,
+	    [  --with-catgets          use catgets functions if available],
+	    nls_cv_use_catgets=$withval, nls_cv_use_catgets=no)
+	  AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_use_catgets)
+
+	  if test "$nls_cv_use_catgets" = "yes"; then
+	    dnl No gettext in C library.  Try catgets next.
+	    AC_CHECK_LIB(i, main)
+	    AC_CHECK_FUNC(catgets,
+	      [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_CATGETS)
+	       INTLOBJS="\$(CATOBJS)"
+	       AC_PATH_PROG(GENCAT, gencat, no)dnl
+#	       if test "$GENCAT" != "no"; then
+#		 AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, no)
+#		 if test "$GMSGFMT" = "no"; then
+#		   AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(GMSGFMT, msgfmt,
+#		    [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], no)
+#		 fi
+#		 AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
+#		   [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :)
+#		 USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
+#		 CATOBJEXT=.cat
+#		 INSTOBJEXT=.cat
+#		 DATADIRNAME=lib
+#		 INTLDEPS='$(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.a'
+#		 INTLLIBS=$INTLDEPS
+#		 LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed -e 's/-lintl//'`
+#		 nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h
+#		 nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h
+#              fi
+            ])
+	  fi
+        fi
+
+        if test "$CATOBJEXT" = "NONE"; then
+	  dnl Neither gettext nor catgets in included in the C library.
+	  dnl Fall back on GNU gettext library.
+	  nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext=yes
+        fi
+      fi
+
+      if test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then
+        AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS)
+      else
+         # Unset this variable since we use the non-zero value as a flag.
+         CATOBJEXT=
+#        dnl Mark actions used to generate GNU NLS library.
+#        INTLOBJS="\$(GETTOBJS)"
+#        AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
+#	  [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], msgfmt)
+#        AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
+#        AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
+#	  [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :)
+#        AC_SUBST(MSGFMT)
+#	USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
+#        CATOBJEXT=.gmo
+#        INSTOBJEXT=.mo
+#        DATADIRNAME=share
+#	INTLDEPS='$(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.a'
+#	INTLLIBS=$INTLDEPS
+#	LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed -e 's/-lintl//'`
+#        nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h
+#        nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h
+      fi
+
+      dnl Test whether we really found GNU xgettext.
+      if test "$XGETTEXT" != ":"; then
+	dnl If it is no GNU xgettext we define it as : so that the
+	dnl Makefiles still can work.
+	if $XGETTEXT --omit-header /dev/null 2> /dev/null; then
+	  : ;
+	else
+	  AC_MSG_RESULT(
+	    [found xgettext program is not GNU xgettext; ignore it])
+	  XGETTEXT=":"
+	fi
+      fi
+
+      # We need to process the po/ directory.
+      POSUB=po
+    else
+      DATADIRNAME=share
+      nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h
+      nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h
+    fi
+    AC_LINK_FILES($nls_cv_header_libgt, $nls_cv_header_intl)
+    AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS(
+     [case "$CONFIG_FILES" in *po/Makefile.in*)
+        sed -e "/POTFILES =/r po/POTFILES" po/Makefile.in > po/Makefile
+      esac])
+
+
+#    # If this is used in GNU gettext we have to set USE_NLS to `yes'
+#    # because some of the sources are only built for this goal.
+#    if test "$PACKAGE" = gettext; then
+#      USE_NLS=yes
+#      USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
+#    fi
+
+    dnl These rules are solely for the distribution goal.  While doing this
+    dnl we only have to keep exactly one list of the available catalogs
+    dnl in configure.in.
+    for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
+      GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $lang.gmo"
+      POFILES="$POFILES $lang.po"
+    done
+
+    dnl Make all variables we use known to autoconf.
+    AC_SUBST(BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL)
+    AC_SUBST(USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL)
+    AC_SUBST(CATALOGS)
+    AC_SUBST(CATOBJEXT)
+    AC_SUBST(DATADIRNAME)
+    AC_SUBST(GMOFILES)
+    AC_SUBST(INSTOBJEXT)
+    AC_SUBST(INTLDEPS)
+    AC_SUBST(INTLLIBS)
+    AC_SUBST(INTLOBJS)
+    AC_SUBST(POFILES)
+    AC_SUBST(POSUB)
+  ])
+
+AC_DEFUN([AM_GNOME_GETTEXT],
+  [AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl
+   AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
+   AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB])dnl
+   AC_REQUIRE([AC_ISC_POSIX])dnl
+   AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDC])dnl
+   AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_CONST])dnl
+   AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])dnl
+   AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_OFF_T])dnl
+   AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_SIZE_T])dnl
+   AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_ALLOCA])dnl
+   AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_MMAP])dnl
+
+   AC_CHECK_HEADERS([argz.h limits.h locale.h nl_types.h malloc.h string.h \
+unistd.h sys/param.h])
+   AC_CHECK_FUNCS([getcwd munmap putenv setenv setlocale strchr strcasecmp \
+strdup __argz_count __argz_stringify __argz_next])
+
+   if test "${ac_cv_func_stpcpy+set}" != "set"; then
+     AC_CHECK_FUNCS(stpcpy)
+   fi
+   if test "${ac_cv_func_stpcpy}" = "yes"; then
+     AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STPCPY)
+   fi
+
+   AM_LC_MESSAGES
+   AM_GNOME_WITH_NLS
+
+   if test "x$CATOBJEXT" != "x"; then
+     if test "x$ALL_LINGUAS" = "x"; then
+       LINGUAS=
+     else
+       AC_MSG_CHECKING(for catalogs to be installed)
+       NEW_LINGUAS=
+       if test "x$LINGUAS" = "x"; then
+           LINGUAS=$ALL_LINGUAS
+       fi
+       for lang in $LINGUAS; do
+         case "$ALL_LINGUAS" in
+          *\ $lang\ *|$lang\ *|*\ $lang) NEW_LINGUAS="$NEW_LINGUAS $lang" ;;
+         esac
+       done
+       LINGUAS=$NEW_LINGUAS
+       AC_MSG_RESULT($LINGUAS)
+     fi
+
+     dnl Construct list of names of catalog files to be constructed.
+     if test -n "$LINGUAS"; then
+       for lang in $LINGUAS; do CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang$CATOBJEXT"; done
+     fi
+   fi
+
+   dnl The reference to <locale.h> in the installed <libintl.h> file
+   dnl must be resolved because we cannot expect the users of this
+   dnl to define HAVE_LOCALE_H.
+   if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then
+     INCLUDE_LOCALE_H="#include <locale.h>"
+   else
+     INCLUDE_LOCALE_H="\
+/* The system does not provide the header <locale.h>.  Take care yourself.  */"
+   fi
+   AC_SUBST(INCLUDE_LOCALE_H)
+
+   dnl Determine which catalog format we have (if any is needed)
+   dnl For now we know about two different formats:
+   dnl   Linux libc-5 and the normal X/Open format
+   test -d intl || mkdir intl
+   if test "$CATOBJEXT" = ".cat"; then
+     AC_CHECK_HEADER(linux/version.h, msgformat=linux, msgformat=xopen)
+
+     dnl Transform the SED scripts while copying because some dumb SEDs
+     dnl cannot handle comments.
+     sed -e '/^#/d' $srcdir/intl/$msgformat-msg.sed > intl/po2msg.sed
+   fi
+   dnl po2tbl.sed is always needed.
+   sed -e '/^#.*[^\\]$/d' -e '/^#$/d' \
+     $srcdir/intl/po2tbl.sed.in > intl/po2tbl.sed
+
+   dnl In the intl/Makefile.in we have a special dependency which makes
+   dnl only sense for gettext.  We comment this out for non-gettext
+   dnl packages.
+   if test "$PACKAGE" = "gettext"; then
+     GT_NO="#NO#"
+     GT_YES=
+   else
+     GT_NO=
+     GT_YES="#YES#"
+   fi
+   AC_SUBST(GT_NO)
+   AC_SUBST(GT_YES)
+
+   dnl If the AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR macro for autoconf is used we possibly
+   dnl find the mkinstalldirs script in another subdir but ($top_srcdir).
+   dnl Try to locate is.
+   MKINSTALLDIRS=
+   if test -n "$ac_aux_dir"; then
+     MKINSTALLDIRS="$ac_aux_dir/mkinstalldirs"
+   fi
+   if test -z "$MKINSTALLDIRS"; then
+     MKINSTALLDIRS="\$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs"
+   fi
+   AC_SUBST(MKINSTALLDIRS)
+
+   dnl *** For now the libtool support in intl/Makefile is not for real.
+   l=
+   AC_SUBST(l)
+
+   dnl Generate list of files to be processed by xgettext which will
+   dnl be included in po/Makefile.
+   test -d po || mkdir po
+   if test "x$srcdir" != "x."; then
+     if test "x`echo $srcdir | sed 's@/.*@@'`" = "x"; then
+       posrcprefix="$srcdir/"
+     else
+       posrcprefix="../$srcdir/"
+     fi
+   else
+     posrcprefix="../"
+   fi
+   rm -f po/POTFILES
+   sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^\$/d" -e "s,.*,	$posrcprefix& \\\\," -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" \
+	< $srcdir/po/POTFILES.in > po/POTFILES
+  ])
+
diff --git a/macros/gnome-ghttp-check.m4 b/macros/gnome-ghttp-check.m4
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0ecacaaf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/gnome-ghttp-check.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_GHTTP_CHECK],[
+	AC_REQUIRE([GNOME_INIT_HOOK])
+	GHTTP_LIB=
+	AC_CHECK_FUNC(connect,,[
+	  AC_CHECK_LIB(socket,connect,
+		GHTTP_LIB="-lsocket $GHTTP_LIB",,$GHTTP_LIB)])
+	AC_CHECK_FUNC(gethostbyname,,[
+ 	  AC_CHECK_LIB(nsl,gethostbyname,
+		GHTTP_LIB="-lnsl $GHTTP_LIB",,$GHTTP_LIB)])
+	AC_CHECK_LIB(ghttp, ghttp_request_new, 
+		GHTTP_LIB="-lghttp $GHTTP_LIB",GHTTP_LIB="",-L$gnome_prefix $GHTTP_LIB)
+	AC_SUBST(GHTTP_LIB)
+	AC_PROVIDE([GNOME_GHTTP_CHECK])
+])
diff --git a/macros/gnome-gnorba-check.m4 b/macros/gnome-gnorba-check.m4
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..dbac0a6c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/gnome-gnorba-check.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+dnl
+dnl GNOME_GNORBA_HOOK (script-if-gnorba-found, failflag)
+dnl
+dnl if failflag is "failure" it aborts if gnorba is not found.
+dnl
+
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_GNORBA_HOOK],[
+	GNOME_ORBIT_HOOK([],$2)
+	AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gnorba libraries],gnome_cv_gnorba_found,[
+		gnome_cv_gnorba_found=no
+		if test x$gnome_cv_orbit_found = xyes; then
+			GNORBA_CFLAGS="`gnome-config --cflags gnorba gnomeui`"
+			GNORBA_LIBS="`gnome-config --libs gnorba gnomeui`"
+			if test -n "$GNORBA_LIBS"; then
+				gnome_cv_gnorba_found=yes
+			fi
+		fi
+	])
+	AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_GNORBA, test x$gnome_cv_gnorba_found = xyes)
+	if test x$gnome_cv_orbit_found = xyes; then
+		$1
+		GNORBA_CFLAGS="`gnome-config --cflags gnorba gnomeui`"
+		GNORBA_LIBS="`gnome-config --libs gnorba gnomeui`"
+		AC_SUBST(GNORBA_CFLAGS)
+		AC_SUBST(GNORBA_LIBS)
+	else
+	    	if test x$2 = xfailure; then
+			AC_MSG_ERROR(gnorba library not installed or installation problem)
+	    	fi
+	fi
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_GNORBA_CHECK], [
+	GNOME_GNORBA_HOOK([],failure)
+])
diff --git a/macros/gnome-guile-checks.m4 b/macros/gnome-guile-checks.m4
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..102351cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/gnome-guile-checks.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+dnl
+dnl GNOME_CHECK_GUILE (failflag)
+dnl
+dnl if failflag is "fail" then GNOME_CHECK_GUILE will abort if guile is not found.
+dnl
+
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_CHECK_GUILE],
+[
+dnl	AC_MSG_WARN([Withval is: $withval])
+	guile_msg = 'Huh?'
+if test x$withval = xno ; then
+	guile_msg = 'disabled'
+	GUILE_LIBS=
+	GUILE_INCS=
+	AC_SUBST(GUILE_LIBS)
+	AC_SUBST(GUILE_INCS)
+	AM_CONDITIONAL(GUILE, /bin/false)
+else
+	guile_msg="no"
+
+	saved_ldflags="$LDFLAGS"
+	saved_cppflags="$CPPFLAGS"
+	LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $GNOME_LIBDIR"
+
+	AC_CHECK_LIB(qthreads,qt_null,[
+		QTTHREADS_LIB="-lqthreads"
+	],[
+		AC_CHECK_LIB(qt, qt_null, QTTHREADS_LIB="-lqt")
+	],$LIBS)
+	AC_SUBST(QTTHREADS_LIB)
+
+	AC_CHECK_LIB(termcap,main,TERMCAP_LIB="-ltermcap")
+	AC_CHECK_LIB(readline,main,READLINE_LIB="-lreadline",,$TERMCAP_LIB)
+
+	AC_SUBST(TERMCAP_LIB)
+	AC_SUBST(READLINE_LIB)
+
+	if test "x$cross_compiling" = "xyes" ; then
+	  name_build_guile="$target_alias-guile-config"
+	else
+	  name_build_guile="guile-config"
+	fi
+
+	AC_CHECK_PROG(BUILD_GUILE, $name_build_guile, yes, no)
+
+	if test "x$BUILD_GUILE" = "xyes"; then
+	    AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether $name_build_guile works)
+	    if test x`$name_build_guile --version >/dev/null 2>&1 || \
+		echo no` = xno; then
+		BUILD_GUILE=no
+	    fi
+	    AC_MSG_RESULT($BUILD_GUILE)
+	else
+
+	    if test "x$cross_compiling" = "xyes" ; then
+		name_build_guile="$target_alias-build-guile"
+	    else	
+		name_build_guile="build-guile"
+	    fi
+
+	    AC_CHECK_PROG(BUILD_GUILE, $name_build_guile, yes, no)
+
+	    if test "x$BUILD_GUILE" = "xyes"; then
+		AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether $name_build_guile works)
+		if test x`$name_build_guile --version >/dev/null 2>&1 || \
+	 	    echo no` = xno; then
+		    BUILD_GUILE=no
+		fi
+		AC_MSG_RESULT($BUILD_GUILE)
+	    fi
+	fi
+
+	AC_CHECK_LIB(m, sin)
+
+	if test "x$BUILD_GUILE" = "xyes"; then
+		AC_MSG_CHECKING(for guile libraries)
+		GUILE_LIBS="`$name_build_guile link`"
+		AC_MSG_RESULT($GUILE_LIBS)
+		AC_MSG_CHECKING(for guile headers)
+		GUILE_INCS="`$name_build_guile compile`"
+		AC_MSG_RESULT($GUILE_INCS)
+	else
+		GUILE_LIBS="$GNOME_LIBDIR"
+		GUILE_INCS="$GNOME_INCLUDEDIR"
+		AC_CHECK_LIB(rx, main, GUILE_LIBS="-lrx $GUILE_LIBS")
+		AC_CHECK_LIB(qt, qt_null, GUILE_LIBS="-lqt $GUILE_LIBS")
+		AC_CHECK_LIB(dl, dlopen, GUILE_LIBS="-ldl $GUILE_LIBS")
+		AC_CHECK_LIB(nsl, t_accept, GUILE_LIBS="$GUILE_LIBS -lnsl")
+		AC_CHECK_LIB(socket, socket, GUILE_LIBS="$GUILE_LIBS -lsocket")
+		GUILE_LIBS="-lguile $GUILE_LIBS $QTTHREADS_LIB $READLINE_LIB $TERMCAP_LIB"
+	fi
+
+	AC_SUBST(GUILE_LIBS)
+	AC_SUBST(GUILE_INCS)
+
+	saved_LIBS="$LIBS"
+	LIBS="$LIBS $GUILE_LIBS"
+	CPPFLAGS="$saved_cppflags $GUILE_INCS"
+
+	AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether guile works)
+	AC_TRY_LINK([
+		#include <libguile.h>
+		#include <guile/gh.h>
+	],[
+		gh_eval_str("(newline)");
+		scm_boot_guile(0,NULL,NULL,NULL);
+	],[
+		ac_cv_guile_found=yes
+		AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GUILE)
+	],[
+		ac_cv_guile_found=no
+	])
+	AC_MSG_RESULT($ac_cv_guile_found)
+
+	guile_msg=$ac_cv_guile_found
+
+	if test x$ac_cv_guile_found = xno ; then
+		if test x$1 = xfail ; then
+		  AC_MSG_ERROR(Can not find Guile on this system)
+		else
+		  AC_MSG_WARN(Can not find Guile on this system)
+		fi
+		ac_cv_guile_found=no
+		GUILE_LIBS= GUILE_INCS=
+	fi
+
+	LIBS="$saved_LIBS"
+	LDFLAGS="$saved_ldflags"
+	CPPFLAGS="$saved_cppflags"
+
+	AC_SUBST(GUILE_LIBS)
+	AM_CONDITIONAL(GUILE, test x$ac_cv_guile_found = xyes)
+fi
+])
diff --git a/macros/gnome-libgtop-check.m4 b/macros/gnome-libgtop-check.m4
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1b4e1745
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/gnome-libgtop-check.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,217 @@
+dnl
+dnl LIBGTOP_CHECK_TYPE
+dnl
+dnl Improved version of AC_CHECK_TYPE which takes into account
+dnl that we need to #include some other header files on some
+dnl systems to get some types.
+
+dnl AC_LIBGTOP_CHECK_TYPE(TYPE, DEFAULT)
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBGTOP_CHECK_TYPE],
+[AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDC])dnl
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(for $1)
+AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_type_$1,
+[AC_EGREP_CPP(dnl
+changequote(<<,>>)dnl
+<<(^|[^a-zA-Z_0-9])$1[^a-zA-Z_0-9]>>dnl
+changequote([,]), [#include <sys/types.h>
+#if STDC_HEADERS
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#endif
+
+/* For Tru64 */
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_BITYPES_H
+#include <sys/bitypes.h>
+#endif
+], ac_cv_type_$1=yes, ac_cv_type_$1=no)])dnl
+AC_MSG_RESULT($ac_cv_type_$1)
+if test $ac_cv_type_$1 = no; then
+  AC_DEFINE($1, $2)
+fi
+])
+
+dnl
+dnl GNOME_LIBGTOP_TYPES
+dnl
+dnl some typechecks for libgtop.
+dnl
+
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_LIBGTOP_TYPES],
+[
+	AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/bitypes.h)
+	AC_LIBGTOP_CHECK_TYPE(u_int64_t, unsigned long long int)
+	AC_LIBGTOP_CHECK_TYPE(int64_t, signed long long int)
+])
+
+dnl
+dnl GNOME_LIBGTOP_HOOK (minversion, script-if-libgtop-enabled, failflag)
+dnl
+dnl if failflag is "fail" then GNOME_LIBGTOP_HOOK will abort if LibGTop
+dnl is not found. 
+dnl
+
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_LIBGTOP_HOOK],
+[	
+	AC_REQUIRE([GNOME_LIBGTOP_TYPES])
+
+	AC_SUBST(LIBGTOP_LIBDIR)
+	AC_SUBST(LIBGTOP_INCLUDEDIR)
+	AC_SUBST(LIBGTOP_EXTRA_LIBS)
+	AC_SUBST(LIBGTOP_LIBS)
+	AC_SUBST(LIBGTOP_INCS)
+	AC_SUBST(LIBGTOP_NAMES_LIBS)
+	AC_SUBST(LIBGTOP_NAMES_INCS)
+	AC_SUBST(LIBGTOP_MAJOR_VERSION)
+	AC_SUBST(LIBGTOP_MINOR_VERSION)
+	AC_SUBST(LIBGTOP_MICRO_VERSION)
+	AC_SUBST(LIBGTOP_VERSION)
+	AC_SUBST(LIBGTOP_VERSION_CODE)
+	AC_SUBST(LIBGTOP_SERVER_VERSION)
+	AC_SUBST(LIBGTOP_INTERFACE_AGE)
+	AC_SUBST(LIBGTOP_BINARY_AGE)
+	AC_SUBST(LIBGTOP_BINDIR)
+	AC_SUBST(LIBGTOP_SERVER)
+
+	dnl Get the cflags and libraries from the libgtop-config script
+	dnl
+	AC_ARG_WITH(libgtop,
+	[  --with-libgtop=PFX      Prefix where LIBGTOP is installed (optional)],
+	libgtop_config_prefix="$withval", libgtop_config_prefix="")
+	AC_ARG_WITH(libgtop-exec,
+	[  --with-libgtop-exec=PFX Exec prefix where LIBGTOP is installed (optional)],
+	libgtop_config_exec_prefix="$withval", libgtop_config_exec_prefix="")
+
+	if test x$libgtop_config_exec_prefix != x ; then
+	  libgtop_config_args="$libgtop_config_args --exec-prefix=$libgtop_config_exec_prefix"
+	  if test x${LIBGTOP_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
+	    LIBGTOP_CONFIG=$libgtop_config_exec_prefix/bin/libgtop-config
+	  fi
+	fi
+	if test x$libgtop_config_prefix != x ; then
+	  libgtop_config_args="$libgtop_config_args --prefix=$libgtop_config_prefix"
+	  if test x${LIBGTOP_CONFIG+set} != xset ; then
+	    LIBGTOP_CONFIG=$libgtop_config_prefix/bin/libgtop-config
+	  fi
+	fi
+
+	AC_PATH_PROG(LIBGTOP_CONFIG, libgtop-config, no)
+	dnl IMPORTANT NOTICE:
+	dnl   If you increase this number here, this means that *ALL*
+	dnl   modules will require the new version, even if they explicitly
+	dnl   give a lower number in their `configure.in' !!!
+	real_min_libgtop_version=1.0.0
+	min_libgtop_version=ifelse([$1], ,$real_min_libgtop_version,$1)
+	dnl I know, the following code looks really ugly, but if you want
+	dnl to make changes, please test it with a brain-dead /bin/sh and
+	dnl with a brain-dead /bin/test (not all shells/tests support the
+	dnl `<' operator to compare strings, that's why I convert everything
+	dnl into numbers and test them).
+	min_libgtop_major=`echo $min_libgtop_version | \
+	  sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'`
+	min_libgtop_minor=`echo $min_libgtop_version | \
+	  sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\2/'`
+	min_libgtop_micro=`echo $min_libgtop_version | \
+	  sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\3/'`
+	test x$min_libgtop_micro = x && min_libgtop_micro=0
+	real_min_libgtop_major=`echo $real_min_libgtop_version | \
+	  sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'`
+	real_min_libgtop_minor=`echo $real_min_libgtop_version | \
+	  sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\2/'`
+	real_min_libgtop_micro=`echo $real_min_libgtop_version | \
+	  sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\3/'`
+	test x$real_min_libgtop_micro = x && real_min_libgtop_micro=0
+	dnl You cannot require a version less then $real_min_libgtop_version,
+	dnl so you don't need to update each `configure.in' when it's increased.
+	if test $real_min_libgtop_major -gt $min_libgtop_major ; then
+	  min_libgtop_major=$real_min_libgtop_major
+	  min_libgtop_minor=$real_min_libgtop_minor
+	  min_libgtop_micro=$real_min_libgtop_micro
+	elif test $real_min_libgtop_major = $min_libgtop_major ; then
+	  if test $real_min_libgtop_minor -gt $min_libgtop_minor ; then
+	    min_libgtop_minor=$real_min_libgtop_minor
+	    min_libgtop_micro=$real_min_libgtop_micro
+	  elif test $real_min_libgtop_minor = $min_libgtop_minor ; then
+	    if test $real_min_libgtop_micro -gt $min_libgtop_micro ; then
+	      min_libgtop_micro=$real_min_libgtop_micro
+	    fi
+	  fi
+	fi
+	min_libgtop_version="$min_libgtop_major.$min_libgtop_minor.$min_libgtop_micro"
+	AC_MSG_CHECKING(for libgtop - version >= $min_libgtop_version)
+	no_libgtop=""
+	if test "$LIBGTOP_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
+	  no_libgtop=yes
+	else
+	  configfile=`$LIBGTOP_CONFIG --config`
+	  libgtop_major_version=`$LIBGTOP_CONFIG --version | \
+	    sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'`
+	  libgtop_minor_version=`$LIBGTOP_CONFIG --version | \
+	    sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\2/'`
+	  libgtop_micro_version=`$LIBGTOP_CONFIG --version | \
+	    sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\3/'`
+	  if test $libgtop_major_version != $min_libgtop_major ; then 
+	    no_libgtop=mismatch
+	  else 
+ 	    test $libgtop_minor_version -lt $min_libgtop_minor && no_libgtop=yes
+	    if test $libgtop_minor_version = $min_libgtop_minor ; then
+	      test $libgtop_micro_version -lt $min_libgtop_micro && no_libgtop=yes
+	    fi
+	  fi
+	  . $configfile
+	fi
+	if test x$no_libgtop = x ; then
+	  AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LIBGTOP)
+	  AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(LIBGTOP_VERSION, "$LIBGTOP_VERSION")
+	  AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(LIBGTOP_VERSION_CODE, $LIBGTOP_VERSION_CODE)
+	  AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(LIBGTOP_MAJOR_VERSION, $LIBGTOP_MAJOR_VERSION)
+	  AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(LIBGTOP_MINOR_VERSION, $LIBGTOP_MINOR_VERSION)
+	  AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(LIBGTOP_MICRO_VERSION, $LIBGTOP_MICRO_VERSION)
+	  AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(LIBGTOP_SERVER_VERSION, $LIBGTOP_SERVER_VERSION)
+	  AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+	  dnl Note that an empty true branch is not valid sh syntax.
+	  ifelse([$2], [], :, [$2])
+	else
+	  AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+	  if test "$no_libgtop"x = mismatchx; then
+	    AC_MSG_ERROR(LibGTop major version mismatch $libgtop_major_version != $min_libgtop_major)
+	  fi
+	  if test "x$3" = "xfail"; then
+	    AC_MSG_ERROR(LibGTop >= $min_libgtop_version not found)
+	  else
+	    AC_MSG_WARN(LibGTop >= $min_libgtop_version not found)
+	  fi
+	fi
+
+	AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_LIBGTOP, test x$no_libgtop != xyes)
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_INIT_LIBGTOP],[
+	GNOME_LIBGTOP_HOOK($1,[ifelse([$3], [], :, [$3])],$2)
+])
+
+dnl
+dnl GNOME_LIBGTOP_DOCU
+dnl
+dnl checks whether the documentation of LibGTop is installed
+dnl
+
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_LIBGTOP_DOCU],
+[
+	AC_REQUIRE([GNOME_LIBGTOP_HOOK])
+
+	helpdir="$LIBGTOP_DATADIR/gnome/help/libgtop"
+
+	AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether you have the LibGTop Documentation)
+
+	if test -f "$helpdir/C/topic.dat" ; then
+	  have_libgtop_docu=yes
+	  AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LIBGTOP_DOCU)
+	else
+	  have_libgtop_docu=no
+	fi
+
+	AC_MSG_RESULT($have_libgtop_docu)
+
+	AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_LIBGTOP_DOCU, test x$have_libgtop_docu = xyes)
+])
+
diff --git a/macros/gnome-objc-checks.m4 b/macros/gnome-objc-checks.m4
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c69acb07
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/gnome-objc-checks.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_CHECK_OBJC],
+[
+dnl Look for an ObjC compiler.
+dnl FIXME: extend list of possible names of ObjC compilers.
+  AC_CHECK_PROGS(OBJC, $OBJC egcs, "")
+  if test "x$OBJC" = "x" ; then
+    AC_CHECK_PROGS(OBJC, $OBJC egcc, "")
+    if test "x$OBJC" = "x" ; then
+      AC_CHECK_PROGS(OBJC, $OBJC gcc, "")
+    fi
+  fi
+
+  AC_REQUIRE([GNOME_PTHREAD_CHECK])
+
+  OBJC_LIBS="-lobjc $PTHREAD_LIB"
+  AC_CHECK_FUNC(sched_yield,,[
+    AC_CHECK_LIB(rt,sched_yield,
+      OBJC_LIBS="$OBJC_LIBS -lrt",[
+      AC_CHECK_LIB(posix4,sched_yield,
+        OBJC_LIBS="$OBJC_LIBS -lposix4",, 
+        $OBJC_LIBS)],
+      $OBJC_LIBS)])
+  AC_SUBST(OBJC_LIBS)
+
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK([if Objective C compiler ($OBJC) works],
+		 ac_cv_prog_objc_works, [
+    if test -n "$OBJC"; then
+      cat > conftest.m <<EOF
+#include <objc/Object.h>
+@interface myRandomObj : Object
+{
+}
+@end
+@implementation myRandomObj
+@end
+int main () {
+  /* No, you are not seeing double.  Remember that square brackets
+     are the autoconf m4 quotes.  */
+  id myid = [[myRandomObj alloc]];
+  [[myid free]];
+  return 0;
+}
+EOF
+
+      $OBJC $CFLAGS -o conftest $LDFLAGS conftest.m $OBJC_LIBS 1>&AC_FD_CC 2>&1
+      result=$?
+      rm -f conftest*
+
+      if test $result -eq 0; then
+        ac_cv_prog_objc_works=yes
+      fi
+    else
+      ac_cv_prog_objc_works=no
+    fi
+  ])
+
+  AM_CONDITIONAL(OBJECTIVE_C, test x$ac_cv_prog_objc_works = xyes)
+  dnl Also set the shell variable OBJECTIVE_C to "yes" or "no".
+  OBJECTIVE_C=$ac_cv_prog_objc_works
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_INIT_OBJC],
+[
+	AC_MSG_CHECKING(for an obGnomeConf.sh)
+	my_gnome_libdir=`$GNOME_CONFIG --libdir`
+	if test -f $my_gnome_libdir/obGnomeConf.sh; then
+	    . $my_gnome_libdir/obGnomeConf.sh
+	    AC_MSG_RESULT(found $my_gnome_libdir)
+	    ac_cv_have_gnome_objc=yes
+	else
+	    AC_MSG_RESULT(not found)
+	    AC_MSG_WARN(Could not find the obGnomeConf.sh file that is generated by gnome-objc install)
+	    ac_cv_have_gnome_objc=no
+	fi
+	
+	dnl Add a conditional on whether or not we have gnome-objc
+	AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_GNOME_OBJC, test x$ac_cv_have_gnome_objc = xyes)
+	HAVE_GNOME_OBJC=$ac_cv_have_gnome_objc
+
+	AC_SUBST(OBGNOME_INCLUDEDIR)
+	AC_SUBST(OBGNOME_LIBS)
+	AC_SUBST(OBGTK_LIBS)
+])
diff --git a/macros/gnome-orbit-check.m4 b/macros/gnome-orbit-check.m4
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..54bf33aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/gnome-orbit-check.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+dnl
+dnl GNOME_ORBIT_HOOK (script-if-orbit-found, failflag)
+dnl
+dnl if failflag is "failure" it aborts if orbit is not found.
+dnl
+
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_ORBIT_HOOK],[
+	AC_PATH_PROG(ORBIT_CONFIG,orbit-config,no)
+	AC_PATH_PROG(ORBIT_IDL,orbit-idl,no)
+	AC_CACHE_CHECK([for working ORBit environment],gnome_cv_orbit_found,[
+		if test x$ORBIT_CONFIG = xno -o x$ORBIT_IDL = xno; then
+			gnome_cv_orbit_found=no
+		else
+			gnome_cv_orbit_found=yes
+		fi
+	])
+	AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_ORBIT, test x$gnome_cv_orbit_found = xyes)
+	if test x$gnome_cv_orbit_found = xyes; then
+		$1
+		ORBIT_CFLAGS=`orbit-config --cflags client server`
+		ORBIT_LIBS=`orbit-config --use-service=name --libs client server`
+		AC_SUBST(ORBIT_CFLAGS)
+		AC_SUBST(ORBIT_LIBS)
+	else
+    		if test x$2 = xfailure; then
+			AC_MSG_ERROR(ORBit not installed or installation problem)
+    		fi
+	fi
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_ORBIT_CHECK], [
+	GNOME_ORBIT_HOOK([],failure)
+])
diff --git a/macros/gnome-pilot.m4 b/macros/gnome-pilot.m4
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d8ce9606
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/gnome-pilot.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
+dnl
+dnl GNOME_PILOT_HOOK(script if found, fail)
+dnl if fail = "failure", abort if gnome-pilot not found
+dnl
+
+dnl
+dnl 
+
+GNOME_PILOT_CFLAGS=
+GNOME_PILOT_LIBS=
+PISOCK_CFLAGS=
+PISOCK_LIBS=
+
+AC_SUBST(GNOME_PILOT_CFLAGS)
+AC_SUBST(GNOME_PILOT_LIBS)
+AC_SUBST(PISOCK_CFLAGS)
+AC_SUBST(PISOCK_LIBS)
+
+AC_DEFUN([PILOT_LINK_HOOK],[
+	AC_ARG_WITH(pisock,
+	[  --with-pisock            Specify prefix for pisock files],[
+	if test x$withval = xyes; then
+	    dnl Note that an empty true branch is not valid sh syntax.
+	    ifelse([$1], [], :, [$1])
+	else
+	    PISOCK_CFLAGS="-I$withval/include"
+	    incdir="$withval/include"
+	    PISOCK_LIBS="-L$withval/lib -lpisock"
+	    AC_MSG_CHECKING("for existance of $withval/lib/libpisock.so")
+	    if test -r $withval/lib/libpisock.so; then
+		AC_MSG_RESULT("yes")
+	    else
+		AC_MSG_ERROR("Unable to find libpisock. Try ftp://ryeham.ee.ryerson.ca/pub/PalmOS/.")
+	    fi
+	fi
+	])
+
+	if test x$PISOCK_CFLAGS = x; then
+	    AC_CHECK_HEADER(pi-version.h, [incdir="/usr/include"], [
+	    AC_CHECK_HEADER(libpisock/pi-version.h, [PISOCK_CFLAGS="-I/usr/include/libpisock"
+	                                             piversion_include="libpisock/pi-version.h"
+						     incdir="/usr/include/libpisock"
+                                                    ], [
+	    AC_CHECK_HEADER($prefix/include/pi-version.h, [PISOCK_CFLAGS="-I$prefix/include/libpisock"
+	                                                   piversion_include="$prefix/include/pi-version.h"
+						           if test x$PISOCK_LIBDIR = x; then
+							      incdir="$prefix/include"
+							      PISOCK_LIBS="-L$prefix/lib -lpisock"
+                                                           fi							  ],
+	    AC_MSG_ERROR("Unable to find pi-version.h")) 
+	    ])
+	    ])
+	fi
+		
+	if test "x$PISOCK_LIBS" = "x"; then
+		AC_CHECK_LIB(pisock, pi_accept, [ PISOCK_LIBS=-lpisock ], 
+			[ AC_MSG_ERROR("Unable to find libpisock. Try ftp://ryeham.ee.ryerson.ca/pub/PalmOS/.") ])
+	fi
+	
+	AC_ARG_ENABLE(pilotlinktest,
+		[  --enable-pilotlinktest   Test for correct version of pilot-link],
+		[testplversion=$enableval],
+		[ testplversion=yes ]
+	)
+
+	if test x$piversion_include = x; then
+		piversion_include="pi-version.h"
+	fi
+
+	pi_version=`cat $incdir/pi-version.h|grep PILOT_LINK_VERSION|sed 's/#define PILOT_LINK_VERSION \([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'`
+	pi_major=`cat $incdir/pi-version.h|grep PILOT_LINK_MAJOR|sed 's/#define PILOT_LINK_MAJOR \([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'`
+	pi_minor=`cat $incdir/pi-version.h|grep PILOT_LINK_MINOR|sed 's/#define PILOT_LINK_MINOR \([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'`
+	pi_patch=`cat $incdir/pi-version.h|grep PILOT_LINK_PATCH|sed 's/#define PILOT_LINK_PATCH \"\(.*\)\"/\1/'`
+
+	PILOT_LINK_VERSION="$pi_version.$pi_major.$pi_minor$pi_patch"
+
+	if test x$testplversion = xyes; then
+		AC_MSG_CHECKING(for pilot-link version >= $1)
+		pl_ve=`echo $1|sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'`
+		pl_ma=`echo $1|sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\2/'`
+		pl_mi=`echo $1|sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\3/'`
+		CFLAGS_save="$CFLAGS"
+		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $PISOCK_CFLAGS"
+		AC_TRY_RUN(
+			[
+			#include <$piversion_include>
+			int main(int argc,char *argv[]) {
+				if (PILOT_LINK_VERSION == $pl_ve) {
+					if (PILOT_LINK_MAJOR == $pl_ma) {
+						if (PILOT_LINK_MINOR >= $pl_mi) {
+							return 0;
+				       	  	}
+					} else if (PILOT_LINK_MAJOR > $pl_ma) {
+						return 0;
+					}
+				} else if (PILOT_LINK_VERSION > $pl_ve) {
+					return 0;
+				}
+				return 1;
+			}
+			],
+			[AC_MSG_RESULT(yes (found $PILOT_LINK_VERSION))],
+			[AC_MSG_ERROR("pilot-link >= $1 required")],
+			[AC_MSG_WARN("No action taken for crosscompile")]
+		)
+		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS_save"
+	fi
+
+	unset piversion_include
+	unset pi_verion
+	unset pi_major
+	unset pi_minor
+	unset pi_patch
+	unset incdir
+	unset pl_mi
+	unset pl_ma
+	unset pl_ve
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([PILOT_LINK_CHECK],[
+	PILOT_LINK_HOOK($1,[],nofailure)
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_PILOT_HOOK],[
+	AC_PATH_PROG(GNOME_CONFIG,gnome-config,no)
+	AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gnome-pilot environment],gnome_cv_pilot_found,[
+		if test "x$GNOME_CONFIG" = "xno"; then
+			gnome_cv_pilot_found=no
+		else
+			# gnome-config doesn't return a useful error status,
+			# so we check if it outputs anything to stderr
+			if test "x`$GNOME_CONFIG gpilot 2>&1 > /dev/null`" = "x"; then
+				gnome_cv_pilot_found=yes
+			else
+				gnome_cv_pilot_found=no
+			fi
+		fi
+	])
+	if test x$gnome_cv_pilot_found = xyes; then
+		if test x$1 != x; then
+			gpv_pre_found=`$GNOME_CONFIG --modversion gpilot`
+			gpv_found=`echo $gpv_pre_found | sed 's/gnome-pilot-\(.*\)/\1/'`
+			AC_MSG_CHECKING([gnome-pilot version ($1)])
+			gpv_major=`echo $gpv_found | sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'`
+			gpv_minor=`echo $gpv_found | sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\2/'`
+			gpv_patch=`echo $gpv_found | sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\3/'`
+			gpv_ma=`echo $1 | sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'`
+			gpv_mi=`echo $1 | sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\2/'`
+			gpv_pa=`echo $1 | sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\3/'`
+
+			if test $gpv_major -eq $gpv_ma; then
+				if test $gpv_minor -eq $gpv_mi; then
+					if test $gpv_patch -ge $gpv_pa; then
+						AC_MSG_RESULT([yes (found $gpv_found)])
+					else
+						AC_MSG_RESULT([too old (found $gpv_found)])
+						gnome_cv_pilot_found=no
+					fi
+				elif test $gpv_minor -gt $gpv_mi; then
+					AC_MSG_RESULT([yes (found $gpv_found)])
+				else					
+					AC_MSG_RESULT([too old (found $gpv_found)])
+					gnome_cv_pilot_found=no
+				fi
+			else
+				AC_MSG_RESULT([major version mismatch (found $gpv_found)])
+				gnome_cv_pilot_found=no
+			fi
+			unset gpv_pre_found
+			unset gpv_found
+			unset gpv_major
+			unset gpv_minor
+			unset gpv_patch
+			unset gpv_ma
+			unset gpv_mi
+			unset gpv_pa
+		fi
+	fi
+
+	AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_GNOME_PILOT,test x$gnome_cv_pilot_found = xyes)
+	if test x$gnome_cv_pilot_found = xyes; then
+		PILOT_LINK_CHECK($2)
+		GNOME_PILOT_CFLAGS=`gnome-config --cflags gpilot`
+		GNOME_PILOT_LIBS=`gnome-config --libs gpilot`
+	else
+		if test x$3 = xfail; then
+			AC_MSG_ERROR([gnome-pilot development package not installed or installation problem])
+		else
+			AC_MSG_WARN([gnome-pilot development package not installed or installation problem])
+		fi
+	fi
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_PILOT_CHECK],[
+	if test x$1 = x; then
+		gpv=[]
+	else
+		gpv=$1
+	fi
+	if test x$2 = x; then
+		plv=0.9.5
+	else
+		plv=$2
+	fi
+	if test x$3 = x; then
+		good=[]
+	else
+		good=$3
+	fi
+		
+	GNOME_PILOT_HOOK($gpv, $plv, $good)
+])
+
diff --git a/macros/gnome-print-check.m4 b/macros/gnome-print-check.m4
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..968fcc01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/gnome-print-check.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+# Configure paths for GNOME-PRINT
+# Chris Lahey	99-2-5
+# stolen from Manish Singh again
+# stolen back from Frank Belew
+# stolen from Manish Singh
+# Shamelessly stolen from Owen Taylor
+
+dnl AM_PATH_GNOME_PRINT([MINIMUM-VERSION, [ACTION-IF-FOUND [, ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]]])
+dnl Test for GNOME-PRINT, and define GNOME_PRINT_CFLAGS and GNOME_PRINT_LIBS
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN([AM_PATH_GNOME_PRINT],
+[
+  min_version=ifelse([$1],,0.21,$1)
+
+  gnome_print_ok=""
+
+  AC_PATH_PROG(GNOME_CONFIG, gnome-config, no)
+  if test "$GNOME_CONFIG" = "no" ; then
+    AC_MSG_RESULT(gnome-config is missing, check your gnome installation)
+  else
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING(for GNOME-PRINT - version >= $min_version)
+    if `$GNOME_CONFIG --libs print > /dev/null 2>&1`; then
+      rqmajor=`echo "$min_version" | sed -e 's/cvs-//' | sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\)\.\([[0-9]]*\).*/\1/'`
+      rqminor=`echo "$min_version" | sed -e 's/cvs-//' | sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\)\.\([[0-9]]*\).*/\2/'`
+      major=`$GNOME_CONFIG --modversion print | sed -e 's/gnome-print-//' | sed -e 's/cvs-//' | sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\)\.\([[0-9]]*\).*/\1/'`
+      minor=`$GNOME_CONFIG --modversion print | sed -e 's/gnome-print-//' | sed -e 's/cvs-//' | sed 's/\([[0-9]]*\)\.\([[0-9]]*\).*/\2/'`
+      if test "$major" -ge "$rqmajor"; then
+        if test "$major" -gt "$rqmajor"; then
+          AC_MSG_RESULT("found $major.$minor")
+          gnome_print_ok="yes"
+        else
+          if test "$minor" -ge "$rqminor"; then
+            AC_MSG_RESULT("found $major.$minor")
+            gnome_print_ok="yes"
+          else
+            AC_MSG_RESULT("you have $major.$minor")
+          fi
+        fi
+      else
+        AC_MSG_RESULT("you have $major.$minor")
+      fi
+    else
+      AC_MSG_RESULT("did not find any version")
+    fi
+  fi
+
+  if test "x$gnome_print_ok" != "x" ; then
+    GNOME_PRINT_CFLAGS=`$GNOME_CONFIG --cflags print`
+    GNOME_PRINT_LIBS=`$GNOME_CONFIG --libs print`
+    ifelse([$2], , :, [$2])
+  else
+     GNOME_PRINT_CFLAGS=""
+     GNOME_PRINT_LIBS=""
+     ifelse([$3], , :, [$3])
+  fi
+
+  AC_SUBST(GNOME_PRINT_CFLAGS)
+  AC_SUBST(GNOME_PRINT_LIBS)
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_PRINT_CHECK], [
+	AM_PATH_GNOME_PRINT($1,,[AC_MSG_ERROR(GNOME-PRINT not found or wrong version)])
+])
diff --git a/macros/gnome-pthread-check.m4 b/macros/gnome-pthread-check.m4
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5a1afee0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/gnome-pthread-check.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+dnl
+dnl And better, use gthreads instead...
+dnl
+
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_PTHREAD_CHECK],[
+	PTHREAD_LIB=""
+	AC_CHECK_LIB(pthread, pthread_create, PTHREAD_LIB="-lpthread",
+		[AC_CHECK_LIB(pthreads, pthread_create, PTHREAD_LIB="-lpthreads",
+		    [AC_CHECK_LIB(c_r, pthread_create, PTHREAD_LIB="-lc_r",
+			[AC_CHECK_LIB(pthread, __pthread_attr_init_system, PTHREAD_LIB="-lpthread",
+				[AC_CHECK_FUNC(pthread_create)]
+			)]
+		    )]
+		)]
+	)
+	AC_SUBST(PTHREAD_LIB)
+	AC_PROVIDE([GNOME_PTHREAD_CHECK])
+])
diff --git a/macros/gnome-support.m4 b/macros/gnome-support.m4
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2c1d0498
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/gnome-support.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+dnl GNOME_SUPPORT_CHECKS
+dnl    Check for various support functions needed by the standard
+dnl    Gnome libraries.  Sets LIBOBJS, might define some macros.
+dnl    This should only be used when building the Gnome libs; 
+dnl    Gnome clients should not need this macro.
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_SUPPORT_CHECKS],[
+  # we need an `awk' to build `gnomesupport.h'
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_AWK])
+
+  # this should go away soon
+  need_gnome_support=yes
+
+  save_LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS"
+  LIBOBJS=
+
+  AC_CHECK_FUNCS(getopt_long,,LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS getopt.o getopt1.o")
+
+  # for `scandir'
+  AC_HEADER_DIRENT
+
+  # copied from `configure.in' of `libiberty'
+  vars="program_invocation_short_name program_invocation_name sys_errlist"
+  for v in $vars; do
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $v])
+    AC_CACHE_VAL(gnome_cv_var_$v,
+      [AC_TRY_LINK([int *p;], [extern int $v; p = &$v;],
+		   [eval "gnome_cv_var_$v=yes"],
+		   [eval "gnome_cv_var_$v=no"])])
+    if eval "test \"`echo '$gnome_cv_var_'$v`\" = yes"; then
+      AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+      n=HAVE_`echo $v | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'`
+      AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED($n)
+    else
+      AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+    fi
+  done
+
+  AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(memmove mkstemp scandir strcasecmp strerror strndup strnlen)
+  AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(strtok_r strtod strtol strtoul vasprintf vsnprintf)
+
+  AC_CHECK_FUNCS(realpath,,LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS canonicalize.o")
+
+  # to include `error.c' error.c has some HAVE_* checks
+  AC_CHECK_FUNCS(vprintf doprnt strerror_r)
+  AM_FUNC_ERROR_AT_LINE
+
+  # This is required if we declare setreuid () and setregid ().
+  AC_TYPE_UID_T
+
+  # see if we need to declare some functions.  Solaris is notorious for
+  # putting functions into the `libc' but not listing them in the headers
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(string.h strings.h stdlib.h unistd.h dirent.h)
+  GCC_NEED_DECLARATIONS(gethostname setreuid setregid getpagesize)
+  GCC_NEED_DECLARATION(scandir,[
+#ifdef HAVE_DIRENT_H
+#include <dirent.h>
+#endif
+])
+
+  # Turn our LIBOBJS into libtool objects.  This is gross, but it
+  # requires changes to autoconf before it goes away.
+  LTLIBOBJS=`echo "$LIBOBJS" | sed 's/\.o/.lo/g'`
+  AC_SUBST(need_gnome_support)
+  AC_SUBST(LTLIBOBJS)
+
+  LIBOBJS="$save_LIBOBJS"
+  AM_CONDITIONAL(BUILD_GNOME_SUPPORT, test "$need_gnome_support" = yes)
+])
diff --git a/macros/gnome-undelfs.m4 b/macros/gnome-undelfs.m4
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fe031cd6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/gnome-undelfs.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+dnl GNOME_UNDELFS_CHECKS
+dnl    Check for ext2fs undel support.
+dnl    Set shell variable ext2fs_undel to "yes" if we have it,
+dnl    "no" otherwise.  May define USE_EXT2FSLIB for cpp.
+dnl    Will set EXT2FS_UNDEL_LIBS to required libraries.
+
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_UNDELFS_CHECKS], [
+  ext2fs_undel=no
+  EXT2FS_UNDEL_LIBS=
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(linux/ext2_fs.h)
+  if test x$ac_cv_header_linux_ext2_fs_h = xyes
+  then
+    AC_CHECK_HEADERS(ext2fs/ext2fs.h, , , [#include <stdio.h>
+#include <linux/ext2_fs.h>])
+    if test x$ac_cv_header_ext2fs_ext2fs_h = xyes
+    then
+      AC_DEFINE(USE_EXT2FSLIB)
+      ext2fs_undel=yes
+      EXT2FS_UNDEL_LIBS="-lext2fs -lcom_err"
+    fi
+  fi
+])
diff --git a/macros/gnome-vfs.m4 b/macros/gnome-vfs.m4
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6dce3077
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/gnome-vfs.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+dnl GNOME_VFS_CHECKS
+dnl   Check for various functions needed by libvfs.
+dnl   This has various effects:
+dnl     Sets GNOME_VFS_LIBS to libraries required
+dnl     Sets termnet  to true or false depending on whether it is required.
+dnl        If yes, defines USE_TERMNET.
+dnl     Sets vfs_flags to "pretty" list of vfs implementations we include.
+dnl     Sets shell variable use_vfs to yes (default, --with-vfs) or
+dnl        "no" (--without-vfs).
+dnl     Calls AC_SUBST(mcserv), which is either empty or "mcserv".
+
+dnl Private define
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_WITH_VFS],[
+  dnl FIXME: network checks should probably be in their own macro.
+  AC_CHECK_LIB(nsl, t_accept)
+  AC_CHECK_LIB(socket, socket)
+
+  have_socket=no
+  AC_CHECK_FUNCS(socket, have_socket=yes)
+  if test $have_socket = no; then
+    # socket is not in the default libraries.  See if it's in some other.
+    for lib in bsd socket inet; do
+      AC_CHECK_LIB($lib, socket, [
+	  LIBS="$LIBS -l$lib"
+	  have_socket=yes
+	  AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SOCKET)
+	  break])
+    done
+  fi
+
+  have_gethostbyname=no
+  AC_CHECK_FUNC(gethostbyname, have_gethostbyname=yes)
+  if test $have_gethostbyname = no; then
+    # gethostbyname is not in the default libraries.  See if it's in some other.
+    for lib in bsd socket inet; do
+      AC_CHECK_LIB($lib, gethostbyname, [LIBS="$LIBS -l$lib"; have_gethostbyname=yes; break])
+    done
+  fi
+
+  vfs_flags="tarfs"
+  use_net_code=false
+  if test $have_socket = yes; then
+      AC_STRUCT_LINGER
+      AC_CHECK_FUNCS(pmap_set, , [
+	 AC_CHECK_LIB(rpc, pmap_set, [
+	   LIBS="-lrpc $LIBS"
+	  AC_DEFINE(HAVE_PMAP_SET)
+	  ])])
+      AC_CHECK_FUNCS(pmap_getport pmap_getmaps rresvport)
+      dnl add for source routing support setsockopt
+      AC_CHECK_HEADERS(rpc/pmap_clnt.h, , , [
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#include <netinet/in.h>
+#include <rpc/rpc.h>
+#include <rpc/pmap_prot.h>
+					    ])
+      vfs_flags="$vfs_flags, mcfs, ftpfs, fish"
+      use_net_code=true
+  fi
+
+  dnl
+  dnl Samba support
+  dnl
+  smbfs=""
+  SAMBAFILES=""
+  AC_ARG_WITH(samba,
+  	  [--with-samba	            Support smb virtual file system],[
+  	  if test "x$withval" != "xno"; then
+  		  AC_DEFINE(WITH_SMBFS)
+	          vfs_flags="$vfs_flags, smbfs"
+		  smbfs="smbfs.o"
+		  SAMBAFILES="\$(SAMBAFILES)"
+  	  fi
+  ])
+  AC_SUBST(smbfs)
+  AC_SUBST(SAMBAFILES)
+  
+  dnl
+  dnl The termnet support
+  dnl
+  termnet=false
+  AC_ARG_WITH(termnet,
+	  [--with-termnet             If you want a termified net support],[
+	  if test x$withval = xyes; then
+		  AC_DEFINE(USE_TERMNET)
+		  termnet=true		
+	  fi
+  ])
+
+  TERMNET=""
+  AC_DEFINE(USE_VFS)
+  if $use_net_code; then
+     AC_DEFINE(USE_NETCODE)
+  fi
+  mcserv=
+  if test $have_socket = yes; then
+     mcserv="mcserv"
+     if $termnet; then
+	TERMNET="-ltermnet"
+     fi
+  fi
+
+  AC_SUBST(TERMNET)
+  AC_SUBST(mcserv)
+
+dnl FIXME:
+dnl GNOME_VFS_LIBS=
+
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_VFS_CHECKS],[
+	use_vfs=yes
+	AC_ARG_WITH(vfs,
+		[--with-vfs		   Compile with the VFS code],
+		use_vfs=$withval
+	)
+	case $use_vfs in
+		yes) 	GNOME_WITH_VFS;;
+		no) 	use_vfs=no;;
+		*)   	use_vfs=no;;
+			dnl Should we issue a warning?
+	esac
+])
+
+
diff --git a/macros/gnome-x-checks.m4 b/macros/gnome-x-checks.m4
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1e397ef8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/gnome-x-checks.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+dnl GNOME_X_CHECKS
+dnl
+dnl Basic X11 related checks for X11.  At the end, the following will be
+dnl defined/changed:
+dnl   GTK_{CFLAGS,LIBS}      From AM_PATH_GTK
+dnl   CPPFLAGS		     Will include $X_CFLAGS
+dnl   GNOME_HAVE_SM	     `true' or `false' depending on whether session
+dnl                          management is available.  It is available if
+dnl                          both -lSM and X11/SM/SMlib.h exist.  (Some
+dnl                          Solaris boxes have the library but not the header)
+dnl   XPM_LIBS               -lXpm if Xpm library is present, otherwise ""
+dnl
+dnl The following configure cache variables are defined (but not used):
+dnl   gnome_cv_passdown_{x_libs,X_LIBS,X_CFLAGS}
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_X_CHECKS],
+[
+	AM_PATH_GTK(1.2.0,,AC_MSG_ERROR(GTK not installed, or gtk-config not in path))
+	dnl Hope that GTK_CFLAGS have only -I and -D.  Otherwise, we could
+	dnl   test -z "$x_includes" || CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I$x_includes"
+	dnl
+	dnl Use CPPFLAGS instead of CFLAGS because AC_CHECK_HEADERS uses
+	dnl CPPFLAGS, not CFLAGS
+        CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS $GTK_CFLAGS"
+
+        saved_ldflags="$LDFLAGS"
+        LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $GTK_LIBS"
+
+	gnome_cv_passdown_x_libs="$GTK_LIBS"
+	gnome_cv_passdown_X_LIBS="$GTK_LIBS"
+	gnome_cv_passdown_X_CFLAGS="$GTK_CFLAGS"
+	gnome_cv_passdown_GTK_LIBS="$GTK_LIBS"
+
+        LDFLAGS="$saved_ldflags $GTK_LIBS"
+
+dnl We are requiring GTK >= 1.1.1, which means this will be fine anyhow.
+	USE_DEVGTK=true
+
+dnl	AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use features from (unstable) GTK+ 1.1.x])
+dnl	AC_EGREP_CPP(answer_affirmatively,
+dnl	[#include <gtk/gtkfeatures.h>
+dnl	#ifdef GTK_HAVE_FEATURES_1_1_0
+dnl	   answer_affirmatively
+dnl	#endif
+dnl	], dev_gtk=yes, dev_gtk=no)
+dnl	if test "$dev_gtk" = "yes"; then
+dnl	   USE_DEVGTK=true
+dnl	fi
+dnl	AC_MSG_RESULT("$dev_gtk")
+
+	GNOME_HAVE_SM=true
+	case "$GTK_LIBS" in
+	 *-lSM*)
+	    dnl Already found it.
+	    ;;
+	 *)
+	    dnl Assume that if we have -lSM then we also have -lICE.
+	    AC_CHECK_LIB(SM, SmcSaveYourselfDone,
+	        [GTK_LIBS="-lSM -lICE $GTK_LIBS"],GNOME_HAVE_SM=false,
+		$x_libs -lICE)
+	    ;;
+	esac
+
+	if test "$GNOME_HAVE_SM" = true; then
+	   AC_CHECK_HEADERS(X11/SM/SMlib.h,,GNOME_HAVE_SM=false)
+	fi
+
+	if test "$GNOME_HAVE_SM" = true; then
+	   AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LIBSM)
+	fi
+
+	XPM_LIBS=""
+	AC_CHECK_LIB(Xpm, XpmFreeXpmImage, [XPM_LIBS="-lXpm"], , $x_libs)
+	AC_SUBST(XPM_LIBS)
+
+	AC_REQUIRE([GNOME_PTHREAD_CHECK])
+        LDFLAGS="$saved_ldflags"
+
+	AC_PROVIDE([GNOME_X_CHECKS])
+])
diff --git a/macros/gnome-xml-check.m4 b/macros/gnome-xml-check.m4
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1caad100
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/gnome-xml-check.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+dnl
+dnl GNOME_XML_HOOK (script-if-xml-found, failflag)
+dnl
+dnl If failflag is "failure", script aborts due to lack of XML
+dnl 
+dnl Check for availability of the libxml library
+dnl the XML parser uses libz if available too
+dnl
+
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_XML_HOOK],[
+	AC_PATH_PROG(GNOME_CONFIG,gnome-config,no)
+	if test "$GNOME_CONFIG" = no; then
+		if test x$2 = xfailure; then
+			AC_MSG_ERROR(Could not find gnome-config)
+		fi
+	fi
+	GNOME_XML_CFLAGS=`$GNOME_CONFIG --cflags xml`
+	AC_SUBST(GNOME_XML_CFLAGS)
+	AC_CHECK_LIB(xml, xmlNewDoc, [
+		$1
+		GNOME_XML_LIB=`$GNOME_CONFIG --libs xml`
+	], [
+		if test x$2 = xfailure; then 
+			AC_MSG_ERROR(Could not link sample xml program)
+		fi
+	], `$GNOME_CONFIG --libs xml`)
+	AC_SUBST(GNOME_XML_LIB)
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_XML_CHECK], [
+	GNOME_XML_HOOK([],failure)
+])
diff --git a/macros/gnome.m4 b/macros/gnome.m4
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2d23de87
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/gnome.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+dnl
+dnl GNOME_INIT_HOOK (script-if-gnome-enabled, [failflag], [additional-inits])
+dnl
+dnl if failflag is "fail" then GNOME_INIT_HOOK will abort if gnomeConf.sh
+dnl is not found. 
+dnl
+
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_INIT_HOOK],[
+	AC_SUBST(GNOME_LIBS)
+	AC_SUBST(GNOMEUI_LIBS)
+	AC_SUBST(GNOMEGNORBA_LIBS)
+	AC_SUBST(GTKXMHTML_LIBS)
+	AC_SUBST(ZVT_LIBS)
+	AC_SUBST(GNOME_LIBDIR)
+	AC_SUBST(GNOME_INCLUDEDIR)
+
+	AC_ARG_WITH(gnome-includes,
+	[  --with-gnome-includes   Specify location of GNOME headers],[
+	CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -I$withval"
+	])
+	
+	AC_ARG_WITH(gnome-libs,
+	[  --with-gnome-libs       Specify location of GNOME libs],[
+	LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -L$withval"
+	gnome_prefix=$withval
+	])
+
+	AC_ARG_WITH(gnome,
+	[  --with-gnome            Specify prefix for GNOME files],
+		if test x$withval = xyes; then
+	    		want_gnome=yes
+	    		dnl Note that an empty true branch is not
+			dnl valid sh syntax.
+	    		ifelse([$1], [], :, [$1])
+        	else
+	    		if test "x$withval" = xno; then
+	        		want_gnome=no
+	    		else
+	        		want_gnome=yes
+	    			LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -L$withval/lib"
+	    			CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -I$withval/include"
+	    			gnome_prefix=$withval/lib
+	    		fi
+  		fi,
+		want_gnome=yes)
+
+	if test "x$want_gnome" = xyes; then
+
+	    AC_PATH_PROG(GNOME_CONFIG,gnome-config,no)
+	    if test "$GNOME_CONFIG" = "no"; then
+	      no_gnome_config="yes"
+	    else
+	      AC_MSG_CHECKING(if $GNOME_CONFIG works)
+	      if $GNOME_CONFIG --libs-only-l gnome >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+	        AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+	        GNOME_GNORBA_HOOK([],$2)
+	        GNOME_LIBS="`$GNOME_CONFIG --libs-only-l gnome`"
+	        GNOMEUI_LIBS="`$GNOME_CONFIG --libs-only-l gnomeui`"
+	        GNOMEGNORBA_LIBS="`$GNOME_CONFIG --libs-only-l gnorba gnomeui`"
+	        GTKXMHTML_LIBS="`$GNOME_CONFIG --libs-only-l gtkxmhtml`"
+		ZVT_LIBS="`$GNOME_CONFIG --libs-only-l zvt`"
+	        GNOME_LIBDIR="`$GNOME_CONFIG --libs-only-L gnorba gnomeui`"
+	        GNOME_INCLUDEDIR="`$GNOME_CONFIG --cflags gnorba gnomeui`"
+                $1
+	      else
+	        AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+	        no_gnome_config="yes"
+              fi
+            fi
+
+	    if test x$exec_prefix = xNONE; then
+	        if test x$prefix = xNONE; then
+		    gnome_prefix=$ac_default_prefix/lib
+	        else
+ 		    gnome_prefix=$prefix/lib
+	        fi
+	    else
+	        gnome_prefix=`eval echo \`echo $libdir\``
+	    fi
+	
+	    if test "$no_gnome_config" = "yes"; then
+              AC_MSG_CHECKING(for gnomeConf.sh file in $gnome_prefix)
+	      if test -f $gnome_prefix/gnomeConf.sh; then
+	        AC_MSG_RESULT(found)
+	        echo "loading gnome configuration from" \
+		     "$gnome_prefix/gnomeConf.sh"
+	        . $gnome_prefix/gnomeConf.sh
+	        $1
+	      else
+	        AC_MSG_RESULT(not found)
+ 	        if test x$2 = xfail; then
+	          AC_MSG_ERROR(Could not find the gnomeConf.sh file that is generated by gnome-libs install)
+ 	        fi
+	      fi
+            fi
+	fi
+
+	if test -n "$3"; then
+	  n="$3"
+	  for i in $n; do
+	    AC_MSG_CHECKING(extra library \"$i\")
+	    case $i in 
+	      applets)
+		AC_SUBST(GNOME_APPLETS_LIBS)
+		GNOME_APPLETS_LIBS=`$GNOME_CONFIG --libs-only-l applets`
+		AC_MSG_RESULT($GNOME_APPLETS_LIBS);;
+	      docklets)
+		AC_SUBST(GNOME_DOCKLETS_LIBS)
+		GNOME_DOCKLETS_LIBS=`$GNOME_CONFIG --libs-only-l docklets`
+		AC_MSG_RESULT($GNOME_DOCKLETS_LIBS);;
+	      capplet)
+		AC_SUBST(GNOME_CAPPLET_LIBS)
+		GNOME_CAPPLET_LIBS=`$GNOME_CONFIG --libs-only-l capplet`
+		AC_MSG_RESULT($GNOME_CAPPLET_LIBS);;
+	      *)
+		AC_MSG_RESULT(unknown library)
+	    esac
+            EXTRA_INCLUDEDIR=`$GNOME_CONFIG --cflags $i`
+            GNOME_INCLUDEDIR="$GNOME_INCLUDEDIR $EXTRA_INCLUDEDIR"
+	  done
+	fi
+])
+
+dnl
+dnl GNOME_INIT ([additional-inits])
+dnl
+
+AC_DEFUN([GNOME_INIT],[
+	GNOME_INIT_HOOK([],fail,$1)
+])
diff --git a/macros/gperf-check.m4 b/macros/gperf-check.m4
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3869459e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/gperf-check.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+dnl
+dnl AC_PROG_GPERF (MINIMUM-VERSION)
+dnl
+dnl Check for availability of gperf.
+dnl Abort if not found or if current version is not up to par.
+dnl
+
+AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_GPERF],[
+	AC_PATH_PROG(GPERF, gperf, no)
+	if test "$GPERF" = no; then
+		AC_MSG_ERROR(Could not find gperf)
+	fi
+	min_gperf_version=ifelse([$1], ,2.7,$1)
+	AC_MSG_CHECKING(for gperf - version >= $min_gperf_version)
+	gperf_major_version=`$GPERF --version | \
+		sed 's/GNU gperf \([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\1/'`
+	gperf_minor_version=`$GPERF --version | \
+		sed 's/GNU gperf \([[0-9]]*\).\([[0-9]]*\)/\2/'`
+	no_gperf=""
+dnl
+dnl Now check if the installed gperf is sufficiently new.
+dnl
+	AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+static char*
+my_strdup (char *str)
+{
+  char *new_str;
+  
+  if (str)
+    {
+      new_str = malloc ((strlen (str) + 1) * sizeof(char));
+      strcpy (new_str, str);
+    }
+  else
+    new_str = NULL;
+  
+  return new_str;
+}
+
+int 
+main ()
+{
+  char  *tmp_version;
+  
+  int    major;
+  int    minor;
+
+  /* HP/UX 9 (%@#!) writes to sscanf strings */
+  tmp_version = my_strdup("$min_gperf_version");
+  if (sscanf(tmp_version, "%d.%d", &major, &minor) != 2) {
+    printf ("%s, bad version string\n", "$min_gperf_version");
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+  if (($gperf_major_version > major) ||
+      (($gperf_major_version == major) && ($gperf_minor_version >= minor))) {
+    return 0;
+  } else {
+    printf ("\n");
+    printf ("*** An old version of gperf ($gperf_major_version.$gperf_minor_version) was found.\n");
+    printf ("*** You need a version of gperf newer than %d.%d.%d.  The latest version of\n",
+	       major, minor);
+    printf ("*** gperf is always available from ftp://ftp.gnu.org.\n");
+    printf ("***\n");
+    return 1;
+  }
+}
+],,no_gperf=yes,[/bin/true])
+	if test "x$no_gperf" = x ; then
+		AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+	else
+		AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+	fi
+
+])
diff --git a/macros/linger.m4 b/macros/linger.m4
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f1c70603
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/linger.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+dnl
+dnl Check for struct linger
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN([AC_STRUCT_LINGER], [
+av_struct_linger=no
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(struct linger is available)
+AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+
+struct linger li;
+
+int main ()
+{
+    li.l_onoff = 1;
+    li.l_linger = 120;
+    return 0;
+}
+],[
+AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STRUCT_LINGER)
+av_struct_linger=yes
+],[
+av_struct_linger=no
+],[
+av_struct_linger=no
+])
+AC_MSG_RESULT($av_struct_linger)
+])
diff --git a/macros/need-declaration.m4 b/macros/need-declaration.m4
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8a217b8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/need-declaration.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+dnl See whether we need a declaration for a function.
+dnl GCC_NEED_DECLARATION(FUNCTION [, EXTRA-HEADER-FILES])
+AC_DEFUN([GCC_NEED_DECLARATION],
+[AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether $1 must be declared])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(gcc_cv_decl_needed_$1,
+[AC_TRY_COMPILE([
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+#include <string.h>
+#else
+#ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H
+#include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+$2],
+[char *(*pfn) = (char *(*)) $1],
+eval "gcc_cv_decl_needed_$1=no", eval "gcc_cv_decl_needed_$1=yes")])
+if eval "test \"`echo '$gcc_cv_decl_needed_'$1`\" = yes"; then
+  AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+  gcc_need_declarations="$gcc_need_declarations $1"
+  gcc_tr_decl=NEED_DECLARATION_`echo $1 | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'`
+  AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED($gcc_tr_decl)
+else
+  AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+fi
+])dnl
+
+dnl Check multiple functions to see whether each needs a declaration.
+dnl GCC_NEED_DECLARATIONS(FUNCTION... [, EXTRA-HEADER-FILES])
+AC_DEFUN([GCC_NEED_DECLARATIONS],
+[for ac_func in $1
+do
+GCC_NEED_DECLARATION($ac_func, $2)
+done
+]
+)
diff --git a/macros/psiconv.m4 b/macros/psiconv.m4
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..eaf56f43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/psiconv.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+dnl
+dnl PSICONV_INIT 
+dnl
+
+AC_DEFUN([PSICONV_INIT],[
+	AC_SUBST(PSICONV_LIBS)
+	AC_SUBST(PSICONV_CFLAGS)
+
+	AC_ARG_WITH(psiconv-includes,
+	[  --with-psiconv-includes Specify location of Psiconv headers],[
+	psiconv_cflags="-I$withval"
+	])
+	
+	AC_ARG_WITH(psiconv-libs,
+	[  --with-psiconv-libs     Specify location of Psiconv libs],[
+	psiconv_libs="-L$withval"
+	])
+
+	AC_ARG_WITH(psiconv,
+	[  --with-psiconv          Enable/disable Psiconv support],
+		if test x$withval = xyes; then
+	    		want_psiconv=yes
+        	else
+	    		if test "x$withval" = xno; then
+	        		want_psiconv=no
+	    		else
+	        		want_psiconv=yes
+	    		fi
+  		fi,
+		want_psiconv=yes)
+
+	
+	    if test "$want_psiconv" = "yes"; then
+	      ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+	      ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+	      CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $psiconv_cflags"
+	      LIBS="$LIBS $psiconv_libs"
+	      AC_CHECK_LIB(psiconv,psiconv_parse,want_psiconv=yes,want_psiconv=no)
+	      CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
+	      LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+	    fi
+	    
+	    if test "$want_psiconv" = "yes"; then
+	      PSICONV_LIBS="${psiconv_libs} -lpsiconv"
+	      PSICONV_CFLAGS="$psiconv_cflags"
+	      with_psiconv=true
+	    else
+	      PSICONV_LIBS=""
+	      PSICONV_CFLAGS=""
+	      with_psiconv=false
+	    fi
+	AM_CONDITIONAL(WITH_PSICONV,$with_psiconv)
+])